Quarterlytics / Technology / Communication Equipment / Casa Systems

Casa Systems

casa · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker casa
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Communication Equipment
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Casa Systems
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD
FROM                      TO                     

Commission File Number 001-38324

Casa Systems, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
100 Old River Road
Andover, Massachusetts
(Address of principal executive offices)

75-3108867
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

01810
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (978) 688-6706

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

Trading Symbol

CASA

Name of each exchange on which registered

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None
(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐ NO ☒

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐ NO ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this
chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). YES ☒ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See
the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer

☐  
☐

Accelerated filer 
Small reporting company 
Emerging growth company 

☒
☐
☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting
standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    YES ☐    NO ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of Common Stock on The
Nasdaq Global Select Market on June 28, 2019 was approximately $203.5 million.

The number of shares of Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of January 31, 2020 was 84,136,613.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2020 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting expected to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the

Registrant’s fiscal year end of December 31, 2019 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

  Business
  Risk Factors
  Unresolved Staff Comments
  Properties
  Legal Proceedings
  Mine Safety Disclosures

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II
Item 5.

Securities

Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

  Selected Financial Data
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
  Controls and Procedures
  Other Information

PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
  Executive Compensation
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
  Form 10-K Summary

i

Page

4
17
41
41
41
42

43
44
47
69
71
114
115
115

116
116
116
116
116

117
119

 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements  

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this Annual Report
on  Form  10-K,  including  statements  regarding  our  future  results  of  operations  and  financial  position,  business  strategy  and  plans  and  objectives  of
management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important
factors  that  may  cause  our  actual  results,  performance  or  achievements  to  be  materially  different  from  any  future  results,  performance  or  achievements
expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “might,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “would,”
“could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other
similar  expressions.  The  forward-looking  statements  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  are  only  predictions.  We  have  based  these  forward-looking
statements  largely  on  our  current  expectations  and  projections  about  future  events  and  financial  trends  that  we  believe  may  affect  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are subject to a
number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Because forward-
looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-
looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur
and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to
differ from our expectations include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to integrate and generate potential synergies from our acquisition of NetComm Wireless Limited;

our ability to anticipate technological shifts;

our ability to generate positive returns on our research and development;

changes in the rate of broadband service providers’ deployment of, and investment in, ultra-broadband network capabilities;

the  lack  of  predictability  of  revenue  due  to  lengthy  sales  cycles  and  the  volatility  in  capital  expenditure  budgets  of  broadband  service
providers;

our ability to maintain and expand gross profit and net income;

the sufficiency of our cash resources and needs for additional financing;

our ability to further penetrate our existing customer base and obtain new customers;

changes in our pricing policies, whether initiated by us or as a result of competition;

the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the operation and expansion of our business;

the  actual  or  rumored  timing  and  success  of  new  product  and  service  introductions  by  us  or  our  competitors  or  any  other  change  in  the
competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or customers;

our ability to successfully expand our business domestically and internationally;

insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our customers, which could adversely affect their ability to purchase or pay for our products and
services, or confronting our key suppliers, which could disrupt our supply chain;

our inability to fulfill our customers’ orders due to supply chain delays, access to key commodities or technologies or events that impact our
manufacturers or their suppliers;

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies;

stock-based compensation expense;

the cost and possible outcomes of any potential litigation matters;

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

•

our overall effective tax rate, including impacts caused by the relative proportion of foreign to U.S. income, the amount and timing of certain
employee  stock-based  compensation  transactions,  changes  in  the  valuation  of  our  deferred  tax  assets  and  any  new  legislation  or  regulatory
developments;

increases or decreases in our expenses caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

general economic conditions, both domestically and in foreign markets;

the costs and outcomes of legal actions and proceedings;

our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products; and

our use of proceeds from our initial public offering.

Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result

of any new information, future events or otherwise.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1. Business.

Overview

PART I

We offer end-to-end solutions for next-generation centralized, distributed and virtualized architectures for cable broadband, fixed-line broadband and
wireless  networks.  Our  products  enable  service  provider  customers  to  cost-effectively  deliver  broadband  services  to  their  consumer  and  enterprise
customers.    Our  converged,  software-centric  network  core  products  help  our  customers  to  dynamically  increase  network  speed,  add  needed  bandwidth
capacity,  reduce  latency,  and  deliver  new  services  to  their  subscribers,  all  with  reduced  network  complexity  and  lower  total  cost  of  ownership  than
comparable  hardware-based,  siloed  network  infrastructure  broadband  solutions.  Our  LTE  and  5G  indoor  and  outdoor  radio  products  and  access  device
management software help our customers address the need to densify their networks as they meet the need for growing subscriber demand for downstream
and upstream bandwidth.

We have a history of innovation and being the first to market with novel products at each generational shift in network technology. For example:

•

•

•

•

•

•

We  believe  we  pioneered  the  use  of  a  software-centric  approach  to  leverage  the  programmability  of  field  programmable  gate  arrays,  or
FPGAs, and general-purpose processors for use in the cable industry. 

In the cable market we believe we were the first to provide a solution enabling cable service providers to deliver Internet Protocol, or IP, voice,
digital video and data over a single port, which enables cable service providers to deliver multi-gigabit speeds to their subscribers.

In  the  wireless  market,  we  introduced  our  Apex  Pebble,  a  residential  femtocell,  which  helps  to  provide  a  faster  and  more  reliable  data
experience for mobile users. We believe the device offers the innovation of an untethered Wi-Fi backhaul option in addition to the standard
Ethernet connection that is required in traditional femtocells. This allows a user to place the device anywhere in his or her home where Wi-Fi
is available without running or connecting additional cables to a home router.

Our  Apex  Strand-mount  Microcell  provides  wireless  service  providers  with  an  additional  installation  option  using  an  integrated  DOCSIS
modem,  which  provides  input  power  and  backhaul/fronthaul  connectivity  and  helps  to  resolve  the  siting,  power,  and  backhaul  issues  that
accompany large-scale small cell deployments.

Our Apex 5G Mini Macro is a high-powered 4T4R (4 transmit/4 receive) radio designed to meet coverage and capacity challenges in dense
urban and suburban areas where large numbers of 5G NR, a new radio access technology developed by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project,
or 3GPP, for the 5G mobile network, and LTE devices are present.  Unlike macro-radio solutions mounted on traditional tower sites, the Apex
5G Mini Macro can be deployed cost-effectively at the street level, such as on utility poles, roof tops and lamp posts, thereby reducing costs
associated with a traditional macro site.

We  believe  that  we  are  the  first  to  deliver  a  virtualized  Broadband  Network  Gateway,  or  BNG,  that  enables  a  multi-tenant  solution  at  the
network edge using low-cost, white box merchant silicon hardware.

We  offer  scalable  solutions  that  can  meet  the  evolving  bandwidth  needs  of  our  customers  and  their  subscribers.  Our  first  installation  in  a  service
provider’s network frequently involves deploying our broadband products in only a portion of the provider’s network and with only a fraction of the capacity
of our products enabled at the time of initial installation. Over time, our customers have generally expanded the use of our solutions to other areas of their
networks  to  increase  network  capacity.  Capacity  expansions  are  accomplished  either  by  deploying  additional  systems,  line  cards,  or  the  sale  of  additional
channels through the use of software. Sales of software-based capacity expansions generate higher gross margins than hardware-based deployments.

Our solutions are commercially deployed in over 70 countries by more than 475 customers, including regional service providers as well as some of the
world’s  largest  Tier  1  broadband  service  providers,  serving  millions  of  subscribers.  Our  principal  customers  include  Charter/Time  Warner  Cable,  Rogers,
Videotron,  Sprint,  Verizon,  AT&T,  Bell  Canada,  Cable  One  and  Mediacom  in  North  America;  Televisa/IZZI  Mexico,  Megacable  Mexico,  Cablevision
Argentina,  Net  Brazil,  America  Móvil  and  Claro  Colombia  in  Latin  America;  Liberty  Global,  Vodafone  and  DNA  Oyj  in  Europe;  and  NBN,  SCSK
Corporation, Jupiter Communications, Beijing Gehua CATV Networks and China Mobile in Asia-Pacific.

Our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $282.3 million, $297.1 million and $351.6 million, respectively. Our net
(loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was ($48.2) million, $73.0 million and $88.5 million, respectively. As of December 31,
2019, 2018 and 2017, our total assets were $444.3 million, $474.6 million and $469.7 million, respectively.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Industry Background

Annual Increase in Demand for Downstream and Upstream Bandwidth

Demand  for  both  downstream  and  upstream  bandwidth  from  consumers  and  enterprises  has  grown  substantially  and  is  expected  to  continue  to

increase. Key drivers of increased bandwidth demand include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

more users with more connected devices and applications;

more time spent online by users;

increased use of bandwidth-intensive streaming media services, such as Amazon Prime Video, Netflix, Hulu and YouTube; cloud applications,
such as iCloud, Office 365/OneDrive, and Dropbox; and augmented and virtual reality applications;

Internet of Things, or IoT, solutions, as already seen in connected homes, business and industries; connected devices such as Amazon Alexa or
Google Assistant; machine-to-machine connectivity; car connectivity and smart cities;

growth in online, interactive gaming;

backhaul  requirements  of  wireless  service  providers,  including  new  entrants  into  the  wireless  space  such  as  multiple  system  operators,  or
MSOs;

the rise of data consumption by enterprises with strict latency requirements on mission-critical and public safety-related applications; and

increasing shift away from asymmetric broadband services towards symmetrical, in part driven by the need for greater uplink bandwidth from
home or office to the cloud.

Increasing Convergence of Service Offerings

Convergence  is  allowing  consumers  and  enterprises  to  enjoy  increased  choice  among  broadband  service  providers.    So-called  “triple-play”  and
“quadruple-play” service offerings are being provided by cable service providers such as Charter and Comcast and diversified telecommunications companies
such as AT&T and Verizon. Mobile-only network operators such as Sprint and T-Mobile are offering higher bandwidth wireless connectivity and, as a result,
cable and fixed communications service providers are experiencing increased “cord cutting” as subscribers opt for mobile only voice and broadband services.
To respond to increased competition, broadband service providers across all access technologies are facing increasing pressure to maintain high bandwidth
availability over multiple converged access technologies, while developing differentiated service offerings with higher levels of performance at lower cost to
consumers and enterprises.

Network Infrastructure Convergence for Greater Service Agility and Lower Total Cost of Ownership

Historically, broadband service providers have deployed hardware-centric, separate systems within their fixed broadband networks for video and data
services and have operated discrete and siloed networks for fixed, Wi-Fi and mobile services. This traditional model requires service providers to maintain
separate network infrastructure and personnel for each service. Operating hardware-centric, siloed network infrastructure for each service category is costly as
it  involves  material  space,  power  and  personnel  requirements.    Moreover,  hardware-centric  networks  can  be  expensive  to  update  or  replace.  As network
capacity and coverage have increased, the diversity of service offerings has grown, and technology upgrade cycles have become shorter, the need for cost-
efficient network infrastructure and convergence is increasing.

New Infrastructure Technology Initiatives

As broadband service providers look to address these industry developments, they are undertaking three key technology initiatives to help build next-

generation networks:

•

Densification.  Increasing demand for bandwidth and user expectations for ubiquitous, seamless and reliable connectivity require the addition
of  more  access  points  for  users  to  connect  to  broadband  networks,  also  known  as  network  densification.  As  a  result,  broadband  service
providers  across  all  access  technologies  are  shifting  from  centralized  to  more  distributed  architectures.  Densification  requires  extending
network connectivity and distributing access aggregation solutions closer to end users. For cable operators this entails deploying more access
aggregation nodes and reducing the size of service groups per node. For wireless operators, particularly in 5G, this will lead to an emphasis on
small-, versus traditional macro-, cells in new network deployments.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

Network Convergence.  Traditionally service providers have deployed separate, siloed networks to deliver both fixed (cable, fiber or copper)
and mobile broadband to their subscribers. To meet the demands of next generation networks, service providers are focused on converging
siloed fixed and mobile core networks into a single converged 5G Core. The 5G Core will be the heart of the network and act as an anchor
point for multi-access technologies. It will need to deliver a seamless service experience across fixed and wireless access technologies. 3GPP,
the global wireless standards body, has defined a new 5G Core architecture that supports service delivery over wireless, fixed or converged
networks.

Virtualization.  The introduction of network virtualization is a fundamental change in the way broadband service providers will deliver critical
network functions. In virtual networks, software-enabled architectures are decoupled from underlying server hardware for increased efficiency,
upgradability, configuration flexibility, service agility and scalability that are not feasible with proprietary hardware-based solutions. Once the
networks have been virtualized, a service-based architecture that supports scalable network slicing can be launched.

Market Opportunity

We believe that our products are well-suited to address these trends and accordingly present us with a significant market opportunity across all access
technologies.  Historically,  we  have  generated  the  significant  majority  of  our  revenue  from  the  cable  market  with  our  converged  cable  access  platform,  or
CCAP.  In  2019,  we  became  more  diversified  via  expansion  of  our  target  markets  to  include  wireless  and  fixed-line  broadband  solutions.    We  expect  to
continue  to  generate  revenue  in  the  future  from  growth  in  the  cable  market  and  increased  revenue  from  sales  of  both  wireless  and  fixed-line  broadband
solutions  to  new  and  existing  customers.  We  believe  there  is  an  opportunity  for  us  to  take  new  market  share  as  fixed  and  wireless  networks  continue  to
converge.

Key Benefits of Our Solutions

Highly Flexible, Service-Oriented, Software-Centric Architecture

Our software-centric, multi-service broadband platform, Axyom, is at the heart of all of our core network infrastructure products.  We engineered our
platform  from  the  ground-up  to  be  high  performance,  flexible  and  adaptable,  and  to  allow  our  customers  to  seamlessly  address  the  growing  demand  for
bandwidth and connectivity and the competitive need for service agility. Axyom also enables our customers to efficiently manage their networks and provide
their subscribers with additional services across all access technologies.

Our software-centric architecture enables us to efficiently virtualize core network and access functions, allowing these functions to be decoupled from
underlying  network  hardware.  As  a  result,  our  software-centric  architecture  allows  for  increased  efficiency,  upgradability,  configuration  flexibility,  service
agility  and  scalability,  while  increasing  the  potential  service  life  of  the  underlying  hardware.  Our  software-centric  architecture  allows  us  to  leverage  the
programmability of FPGAs and general-purpose processors in our solutions.

Our Axyom platform provides us with the flexibility to adapt to changing industry standards and customer needs. We designed our Axyom software
platform using what we refer to as Network Function Virtualization 2.0, or NFV 2.0, principles.  These allow us to provide and control each needed network
function  through  a  distinct  segment  of  software,  which  can  be  integrated  or  combined  in  a  building  block-style  fashion  with  the  segments  of  software
responsible for each other network function. This allows us to offer network architectures that can be efficiently tailored to meet each customer’s specific
requirements, both as they exist at the time of initial implementation and as they evolve over time. When possible, we also seek to implement new features
and  enhanced  customization  through  the  use  of  FPGAs,  which  can  be  reprogrammed  in  the  field  as  service  needs  evolve.  This  software-centric  approach
enables our customers, in turn, to commercialize new features faster than they could with hardware-centric solutions.

Common Platform Capabilities to Address the Needs of Both Fixed and Wireless Networks

Our software-centric, multi-service platform enables a broad range of network services for fixed and wireless networks, allowing for the delivery of
diverse consumer and enterprise applications. Both fixed and wireless networks share a common set of core and access network functions that enable network
services, such as subscriber management, session management, transport security, access aggregation and radio frequency, or RF, management. Our Axyom
software  architecture  allows  each  of  these  network  functions  to  be  provided  and  controlled  by  a  distinct  segment  of  software,  which  can  be  integrated  or
combined  together  in  a  building  block-style  fashion  with  the  segments  of  software  responsible  for  each  other  network  function.  This  allows  us  to  offer
network architectures that can be efficiently tailored to meet each customer’s specific requirements, both as they exist at the time of initial implementation
and as they evolve over time.

6

 
 
End-to-End Products on a Converged Core and Multi-Access Intelligent Edge

We  believe  that  we  are  the  only  network  infrastructure  equipment  supplier  offering  a  full  end-to-end  portfolio  of  all-access  broadband  network
solutions  that  extend  from  a  truly  cloud-native,  converged  network  core  to  the  customer  premises.  Our  products  help  broadband  service  providers  deploy
more capacity at the network edge, closer to where end users and devices are accessing the network, thereby increasing available bandwidth and reducing
latency to improve quality of service. In addition, our converged network core supports wireline and wireless access and avoids overlapping functions within
the  network.    It  therefore  reduces  long-term  capital  expenditures  or  operating  expenses.    Our  convergence  solutions  may  also  enable  operators  to  more
consistently deliver services and execute policy across different access types.

Ability to Upgrade Networks Remotely with Rapid, Seamless Addition of Bandwidth Capacity

Our  programmable  architecture  is  designed  to  enable  rapid  and  seamless  expansion  of  network  capacity  with  the  purchase  of  additional  software

licenses.  This approach helps broadband service providers respond flexibly to increased customer demands with rapid bandwidth and service provisioning.

Additionally, our programmable architecture allows us to deploy technology updates to our customers remotely without the expense, disruption or
network downtime caused by hardware replacements or field visits by personnel, while minimizing network downtime. We can remotely turn on additional
features  or  capacity  in  order  to  scale  our  solutions  to  meet  the  needs  of  our  customers  as  they  look  to  broaden  the  use  and  capabilities  of  our
products.  Similarly, we are often able to troubleshoot and assist our customers with technical issues through seamless software updates.

Reduced Network Complexity and Lower Total Cost of Ownership

Our converged software platform allows broadband service providers to significantly reduce the complexity, footprint requirements, and costs of their
networks  by  reducing  parallel  and  otherwise  redundant  network  architecture.  The  large  capacity  increases  that  our  solutions  enable,  and  the  ability  of  our
solutions to deliver broadband services over a converged core mean fewer pieces of equipment in the network, and lower energy usage, operating costs and
capital expenditures.

Our Growth Strategy

The key elements of our growth strategy are:

Continue to Innovate and Extend Technology Leadership Through R&D Investment

We believe that we offer market-leading broadband infrastructure products today. We intend to continue to enhance our existing products and develop
new products in both our current and adjacent markets. For example, we have invested in and launched distributed access architecture solutions to allow our
cable  customers  to  densify  their  networks,  providing  higher  bandwidth,  which  enhances  user  experience.    Additionally,  we  have  been  investing  in,  and
recently begun recognizing revenue from, our core and access products for 4G/LTE and 5G wireless networks.

Further Penetrate Existing Customers

Our  customers  often  deploy  our  products  in  a  specific  region  or  for  a  specific  application,  which  may  only  account  for  a  portion  of  their  overall
network  infrastructure  needs.  We  plan  to  expand  our  footprint  within  the  networks  of  existing  customers  as  they  realize  the  technological  and  financial
benefits of our solutions, as well as sell our new products to them as they offer new broadband services to their subscribers.

Expand our Customer Base by Expanding the Breadth of Solutions Sold to Customers

We intend to sell additional products and solutions to our growing installed base of broadband service providers, particularly as they increasingly offer
converged services to their subscribers. We have invested in developing a virtualized platform that allows us to rapidly provide new applications and services
to  our  customers.  While  we  initially  focused  on  providing  solutions  for  cable  service  providers  due  to  our  founders’  experience  in  the  cable  industry,  the
commonalities between fixed and wireless network architectures have allowed us to expand our solutions into the wireless market as cable service providers
have increasingly sought to add wireless capabilities to their service offerings. Our wireless solutions have been purchased by several customers, including
Tier 1 mobile network operators such as Sprint and China Mobile.

7

Invest in Our Platform through Selective Acquisitions

We  may  selectively  pursue  acquisitions  that  enhance  our  existing  platform  capabilities  and  are  consistent  with  our  overall  growth  strategy.  For
example,  on  July  1,  2019,  we  acquired  NetComm  Wireless  Limited  for  cash  consideration  of  approximately  $162.0  million  Australian  dollars,  or  AUD
($112.7 million United States dollars, or USD, based on an exchange rate of USD $0.700 per AUD $1.00 on July 1, 2019). This acquisition enables us to
expand our customer base, enhance our global footprint, extend our product portfolio to the far edge of the network, and further diversify our revenue sources.

Products and Technology

We offer end-to-end physical, virtual and distributed infrastructure and customer premise network solutions that enable our customers to provide fixed

and wireless broadband services to consumers and enterprises.

Axyom Software Platform

Our  software-centric,  multi-service  product  portfolio  is  built  on  our  Axyom  software,  which  enables  a  broad  range  of  core  and  access  network
functions for fixed and wireless networks. These networks share a common set of core and access network functions that enable network services such as
subscriber  management,  session  management,  transport  security  and  RF  management.  Our  Axyom  software  architecture  allows  each  of  these  network
functions to be provided and controlled, integrated or combined together, in a building block-style fashion with the segments of software responsible for each
other  network  function.  This  allows  us  to  offer  network  architectures  that  can  be  efficiently  and  rapidly  tailored  to  meet  each  customer’s  specific
requirements,  both  as  they  exist  at  the  time  of  initial  implementation  and  as  they  evolve  over  time.  The  commonalities  between  new  fixed  and  wireless
network  architectures  have  allowed  us  to  leverage  our  existing  Axyom  software  and  to  expand  our  solutions  into  the  wireless  and  fixed  communications
markets.

8

 
 
Our  Axyom  software  platform  is  central  to  our  multi-service,  ultra-broadband  delivery  architecture,  integrating  multiple  core  and  access  network
functions. Axyom is 5G-ready and is designed to provide high performance, programmability, scalability and flexibility. We designed Axyom using network
function  virtualization  2.0,  or  NFV  2.0,  principles,  which  allow  us  to  provide  and  control  each  needed  network  function  through  a  distinct  segment  of
software, which can be integrated or combined together in a building block-style fashion with the segments of software responsible for each other network
function.  Axyom has predominantly been integrated into our physical products to date and is increasingly being deployed in virtual environments.

Our Axyom software platform performs several critical network services:

•

•

•

•

•

Subscriber  Management.  Enables  dynamic  management  of  subscriber  authentication,  provisioning,  policy  enforcement  and  allocation  of
network resources based on specific end-user service requirements to enhance quality of service.

Session Management.  Intelligently  manages  application  layer  data  streams  to  enable  service  creation  and  delivery  and  enhance  quality  of
service.

RF  Management.  Efficiently  manages  RF  signal  generation  (modulation/demodulation)  while  reducing  noise  to  increase  available  RF
spectrum and maximize data throughput over the network link in both fixed and wireless applications.

Access Aggregation. Manages and combines high volume data streams, regardless of connection type, including fixed broadband, Wi-Fi, LTE
and 5G.

Security. Enables end-to-end secure connectivity between users, devices and networks without sacrificing performance.

Axyom  can  be  deployed  on  a  centralized  basis  on  one  of  our  hardware  chassis,  over  distributed  network  hardware  or  as  a  virtualized  solution,

allowing operators to place network functions where they choose, whether close to the network edge or at a centralized location or data center.

Cable

Our solutions for cable service providers can be deployed in a centralized, distributed or virtual environment. While centralized deployments allow
our  customers  to  deploy  all  critical  CCAP  functions  in  a  single  location,  distributed  and  virtual  deployments  enable  our  customers  to  densify  the  access
network by distributing access deeper into the network, away from existing data centers.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Centralized Deployment

Integrated CCAP – C100G and C40G

•

•

•

Our C100G CCAP combines cable modem termination system, or CMTS, functionality that enables IP data transport from data centers to
end-users over cable networks, including voice over IP, or VoIP, and edge-quadrature amplitude modulation, or Edge-QAM, functionality
to enable video delivery over cable networks in one integrated chassis. We believe our C100G CCAP was the first solution offering full
CCAP functionality, allowing the delivery of voice, video and data on a single platform.  Our C100G CCAP also features high downstream
speeds of up to 10 gigabits per second, high upstream channel capacity, and low space and energy consumption requirements. Using our
C100G CCAP, our customers whose networks are configured for DOCSIS 3.0 can adopt DOCSIS 3.1 through either a software upgrade or
a simple line card addition, while continuing to service their end customers who use DOCSIS 3.0 modems. We are also able to increase
capacity  for  our  C100G  CCAP  through  channel  expansions,  which  are  delivered  via  software-enabled  increases  in  bandwidth  capacity,
regardless of whether it is configured for DOCSIS 3.0 or 3.1. We believe that our software-centric approach will enable us to seamlessly
provide our customers with future updates as standards evolve.

In addition to our C100G CCAP, we also offer our C40G CCAP, that provides per rack unit performance comparable to that of our C100G
CCAP, but in a smaller form factor.

Our CCAP enables three key applications over a single cable network:

o

o

o

DOCSIS Core. Provides high-speed delivery of IP data for broadband connectivity services, including VoIP.

Video Core. Delivers high speed video processing, including for HD and 4K.

Intelligent Routing. Intelligently manages network traffic to optimize service quality.

Distributed Deployment

•

•

Distributed  Access  Architectures,  or  DAAs,  offer  a  new  approach  for  service  providers  that  are  looking  to  increase  capacity  in  their
networks.  Our  family  of  DAA  solutions  is  designed  to  help  service  providers  push  capacity  to  the  edge  to  improve  the  services  their
subscribers  enjoy,  extract  more  value  from  existing  investments,  and  maintain  smooth  operations  in  the  transition  from  centralized  to
distributed access architectures.

Our family of DAA solutions includes:

o

o

o

Physical  or  virtual  CCAP  cores  that  deliver  full  CCAP,  full  spectrum  DOCSIS  3.1  support,  and  are  compliant  with  CableLabs’
interoperability standards.

The CCAP Service Card, or CSC, deployable in our C100G or C40G chassis, which provides the complete DOCSIS and Edge-
QAM MAC, or media access control, functions as well as traffic aggregation for the DAA nodes or shelves.

A  range  of  DAA  node  and  shelf  form  factors  that  perform  complete  DOCSIS  and  EQAM  PHY  or  MAC/PHY  functions.    Our
remote  PHY,  or  R-PHY,  solutions  for  cable  networks  retain  software-driven  network  control  and  intelligence  functions  at  the
network core while placing physical layer functions remotely in a fiber node and the network edge. Our remote MAC/PHY, or R-
MAC/PHY,  solution  for  cable  networks  offers  the  capabilities  of  our  R-PHY  solution  while  also  moving  media  access  control
functions from the network core to remotely deployed R-MAC/PHY nodes.

o

10G Ethernet transport between the CCAP core and the DA nodes.

Virtual Deployment

•

Service providers are adopting virtualized versions of network functions and adding software-defined networking control and orchestration
to enable faster service creation and more nimble response to changes in service and bandwidth demand. In cable access networks, this
trend  is  accompanied  by  fiber  deep  strategies  which  push  required  ultra-broadband  bandwidth  closer  to  subscribers.  Our  Distributed
Access  Architecture  solutions  and  the  Axyom  virtual  converged  cable  access  platform,  or  vCCAP,  create  a  secure,  scalable,  high-
performance next generation cable access network.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

The Axyom vCCAP provides all the features of our C100G CCAP on commercial-off-the-shelf, or COTS, servers in a flexible architecture
that enables independent scaling of control and data planes. Built on the Axyom modular software framework, our vCCAP is built for the
cloud from the ground up and enables high performance and deployment flexibility in edge or core environments. Our virtual solutions
also  enable  migration  from  physical  network  functions,  or  PNFs, to  virtual  network  functions,  or  VNFs,  with  a  common  management
interface to both.

Bandwidth Capacity Expansion

Software.    Our  customers  can  add  additional  bandwidth  capacity  to  their  CCAP  products  by  purchasing  perpetual  software  license
upgrades.    In  addition,  our  software  platform  permits  additional  features  to  be  provisioned  remotely,  as  compared  to  hardware-centric
solutions,  which  require  wholesale  hardware  replacements.  As  new  standards  and  services  evolve,  and  broadband  networks  become
increasingly virtualized, we expect we will be able to deliver additional capabilities as software-only updates.

Line cards.  Additional bandwidth capacity may also be purchased in the form of our upstream and downstream line cards.  Our line card
expansion options allow our customers to rapidly add new service interfaces and physical connection capacity without the need for chassis
replacements. In addition, our expansion cards can cost-effectively enable support for our distributed access solutions utilizing the same
C100G CCAP chassis.

Wireless

Network Core

•

•

•

Virtual  Evolved  Packet  Core  (EPC).    Virtualizing  the  LTE  EPC  allows  service  providers  to  reduce  network  operating  costs,  improve
network efficiency, and deploy new services faster.  Our vEPC is built from the ground up, optimized for virtualized environments, and
implements control and user plane separation, or CUPS.  It can be deployed stand alone or in conjunction with our other core network
products, such as our Security and Small Cell Gateways.

5G Core. Our  5G  core,  converged  to  support  fixed  and  wireless  networks,  is  built  to  help  service  providers  implement  the  shift  from  a
single, one-size-fits-all core network toward a core that provides different logical networks (or “slices”) for different traffic requirements to
support new use cases, including IoT, Enhanced Mobile Broadband, and Mission Critical Services.  Our 5G core delivers several important
features including:

o

o

o

o

o

higher Gbps per vCPU;

a solution deployable in containers with virtual machines, or VMs, or bare metal;

location-independent placement of the control and user plane in a CUPS architecture;

a smooth migration from 4G to 5G with efficient internal messaging between 4G and 5G network components; and

network slicing in a service-based architecture.

Other  elements  of  our  core  infrastructure  network  products  include  our  Security  Gateway,  which  enables  secure  encrypted  access  for
subscribers roaming between trusted and untrusted networks, while providing high levels of density and performance, and our Wireless
Gateway, which enables routing and security functions as well as traffic management, to provide secure connectivity for wireless endpoints
and enable broadband services such as LTE over Wi-Fi, including Wi-Fi calling.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Small Cell solutions

•

•

Apex family of Small Cells. Our portfolio of indoor and outdoor Apex small cell solutions consists of remotely deployable access points
that  provide  cellular  connectivity  services  at  the  network  edge  in  conjunction  with  transport  security  functions  to  address  coverage  and
capacity  challenges.  These  solutions  allow  broadband  service  providers  to  more  cost-effectively  densify  their  networks  while
simultaneously improving coverage and enhancing throughput. Our small cell portfolio includes our:

o

o

o

o

Lifestyle residential small cell, the Apex Pebble, which uses the user’s broadband connection rather than a cell tower connection to
provide wireless service in areas outside of the operator’s coverage areas.  We believe that our Apex Pebble offers unique features
that include:

▪

▪

attractive  design  that  is  intended  to  drive  better  acceptance  by  subscribers  and  thereby  provide  better  RF  coverage  than
utilitarian-looking small cells that are likely to be hidden away in places that reduce RF propagation; and

untethered  Wi-Fi  backhaul  option,  versus  the  ethernet  backhaul  requirement  in  comparable  traditional  femtocells,  which
allows  a  user  to  place  the  device  anywhere  in  his  or  her  home  where  Wi-Fi  is  available  without  running  or  connecting
additional cables to a home router.

Apex enterprise small cell with 4G radio capability, which supports two LTE carriers, in a small form factor.

Apex  Strand  solution,  designed  for  both  MSOs  and  mobile  network  operators  which  supports  two  LTE  carriers  (licensed  LTE
bands or citizens band radio service, or CBRS), and takes advantage of existing hybrid-fiber cable, or HFC, strand to help solve the
power, backhaul and siting issues that accompany large-scale small cell deployments.  

Apex  5G  Mini  Macro,  which  offers  support  for  licensed  LTE/5G  bands  and  eventually  CBRS  and  C-Band,  is  designed  for
environments  with  a  large  number  of  subscribers  or  where  a  larger  coverage  area  is  required.    Our  5G  Mini  Macro  helps  our
wireless customers meet the coverage and capacity challenges in dense urban and suburban areas where large numbers of NR and
LTE devices are present.  Unlike macro-radio solutions, that are mounted on towers, the Apex 5G Mini Macro can be deployed
cost-effectively at the street level, on utility poles, roof tops and lamp posts, thereby reducing the costs associated with a traditional
macro  site.  The  Apex  5G  Mini  Macro’s  All-in-One  package  includes  the  baseband  unit  and the  radio  remote  unit  with  flexible
external antenna configurations.  It also supports open radio access network defined interfaces for centralized and virtualized radio
access network deployments.

Axyom Element Management System (AEMS). Our AEMS is designed to make small cell deployment and management more efficient.  It
includes key management tools that facilitate integration with existing networks and increase radio access network utilization, with zero-
touch plug and play  small  cell  deployment.  We  are  currently  looking  to  expand  our  AEMS  to  use  cases  beyond  small  cell  deployment
management, such as with our distributions point unit, or DPU, and fixed-wireless access solutions.

Fixed Wireless Access

•

Our fixed wireless access products, which we added to our product set from our acquisition of NetComm, enable service providers to offer
fixed, ultra-broadband services to their customers where the service provider does not own copper, fiber or coaxial cable to the customer
premise. Connections are instead serviced by a 3GPP compliant wireless connection in a manner that optimizes overall network efficiency
and  provides  a  higher  grade  of  broadband  service  than  would  typically  be  achieved  via  a  typical  mobile  handset.    Our  fixed  wireless
products currently support 4G and, starting in 2020, are expected to support 5G, and can be delivered as a self-install indoor unit, or as a
pro-install outdoor unit that is mounted to the side of the customer premise. Our portfolio is designed with a heavy emphasis on reducing
the  total  cost  of  ownership  for  operators,  achieved  through  class-leading  hardware  performance  and  build  quality,  which  is  further
enhanced by our range of install accessories that optimize the installation process and overall install success rate.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed-Line Broadband

Optical Access Solutions

•

In connection with all of our centralized and distributed deployment solutions, we offer a portfolio of PON solutions for centralized and
distributed PON architectures that enable service providers to move fiber closer to the network edge and deliver a broader range of ultra-
broadband  services  more  efficiently  and  at  higher  speed.  Our  PON  solutions  include  next  generation  10G  EPON,  XGS‑PON  and
NG‑PON2 alternatives, including optical line terminals and optical network units.  We also offer a DOCSIS Provisioning over Ethernet
system for seamless integration of our PON solutions with existing DOCSIS network protocols.

Virtualized Broadband Network Gateway Router and Multiservice Router

•

•

•

Our Axyom virtualized broadband network gateway, or vBNG, router provides advanced subscriber management and routing capabilities
in a cloud-native, virtualized solution.  By separating the control and data plane functions, our vBNG enables elastic scaling and service
agility, while allowing the service provider to put the control and data planes where they make most sense. Accordingly, our vBNG can be
deployed in either centralized architectures (on the same server in the data center or central office) or distributed ones (at the network edge
or node closer to the end user).  Our vBNG is deployed as a service on our Axyom NFV Framework. It is convergence ready with built in
AGF functions interfacing with our 5G core. We support data plane slicing based on service (converged/legacy) with dynamic control of
the slice from the 5G core.  At the 2019 Broadband World Forum, we demonstrated how our vBNG and 5G core could enable subscribers
to use services seamlessly as they move between mobile and fixed connectivity.  This solution won us the Broadband Forum Innovation
Award for 5G in 2019.

A  dis-aggregated  Multi-Service  Router,  or  MSR,  is  included  in  our  fixed  line  portfolio.   The  MSR  is  built  on  commercial  off-the-shelf
switching  platforms  that  use  merchant  silicon.  The  MSR  supports  the  BNG  data  plane  on  merchant  silicon.  It  offers  industry-leading
throughput  and  capacity  in  one  rack  unit  form  factor.  The  MSR  operates  with  the  vBNG  control  plane  separated  on  a  server  at  some
centralized location or integrated right within the switch CPU. Service providers therefore can pick and choose the type of data plane at
each location based on scale and throughput needs. The MSR is also a full-fledged Provider Edge, or PE, router. It supports layer 2 multi-
protocol layer switching and layer 3 virtual private networks with resource reservation protocol for traffic engineering and Fast Re-route, a
technology to provide fast traffic recovery upon link or router failures for mission critical services.  It also supports edge access functions.
The MSR therefore offers the functionality of a BNG, PE Router, and Top-of-Rack switch all rolled into one.

Our customers use Axyom vBNG to support their next-gen PON and multi-access edge computing deployments. We have demonstrated an
end-to-end solution using our G.fast DPUs and 10G XGS-PON ONTs working with our XGS-PON OLT-A product connecting to a multi-
tenant vBNG. This offers a smooth migration path for telecommunications providers from digital subscriber line technologies to G.fast to
fiber-to-the-home,  while  maintaining  the  same  vBNG  edge  functions.  Multi-tenancy  allows  customers  to  slice  the  same  hardware
infrastructure at the edge to different access methods based on service needs.

Fiber-To-The-Distribution-Point (“FTTdp”)

•

Our FTTdp solutions, which we added to our product set from our acquisition of NetComm, allow service providers to connect the fiber
running  in  the  street  or  basement  to  the  copper  lead-ins  at  an  end  user’s  premises.    The  solution  consists  of  a  DPU  which  is  installed
outside of the home or in the basement of a multi-dwelling unit and a Network Connection Device, or NCD, which is installed inside the
home.  Our  DPUs  are  reverse  powered  from  the  NCD  when  there  is  no  power  source  available  at  the  location  of  the  DPU  and  where
installing  local  power  is  costly  and  time  consuming  for  the  service  provider.  FTTdp  solutions  offer  a  cost  and  time-effective  means  to
provide a fiber-to-the-home experience to the end-user and the operator, reducing time delays and cost overruns where the fiber penetration
into buildings becomes problematic. Our portfolio focuses on operator cost optimization, with solutions ranging from software through to
accessories that enhance the installation process.

Residential Broadband

•

We sell residential broadband gateways for customer premises in the ANZ region.  We added these devices to our product set from our
acquisition  of  NetComm.  These  devices  allow  customers  to  connect  to  very  high-speed  digital  subscriber  line  or  asymmetric  digital
subscriber line services, or fiber services including fiber-to-the-node, -basement, and -home, services when available.  Our fixed broadband
devices range from entry level

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
gateways  to  high-performance  devices  that  support  triple  play  services  covering  high-speed  data  transmission,  multi  HD/4K  IPTV  and
over-the-top  video  streaming,  as  well  as  high  quality  VoIP  phone  calls.   We  combine  the  latest  generations  of  Wi-Fi with  our  powerful
CloudMesh portfolio of Wi-Fi mesh hardware, automated Wi-Fi optimization software and Wi-Fi analytics. These options ensure fast and
reliable connections to multiple devices throughout the home and office, while also optimizing costs for the operator by reducing support
call loading.

Machine-to-Machine (M2M) and Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT)

•

Our M2M and IIoT routers, which we added to our product set from our acquisition of NetComm, provide businesses and governments with
networking  products  that  are  enabled  for  3G  and  4G/LTE  data  communication.    They  are  designed  for  applications  such  as  retail,
transportation,  health,  metering  digital  signage,  security,  banking  and  mining.      These  solutions  enable  remote  diagnostics,  real-time
monitoring,  and  wireless  access  via  the  Internet.  Our  products  are  designed  to  withstand  harsh  environmental  conditions  and  extreme
temperatures.  Dual  file-system  management  enhances  solution  reliability,  while  integrated  open-source  software  development  kits  enable
customers to customize our products for specific use cases.

Our Customers

Our solutions are commercially deployed in over 70 countries by more than 475 customers, including some of the world’s largest Tier 1 broadband

service providers, serving millions of subscribers:

•

•

•

•

in North America: Charter/Time Warner Cable, Rogers, Videotron, Sprint, Verizon, AT&T, Bell Canada, Cable One and Mediacom;

in Latin America: Televisa/IZZI Mexico, Megacable Mexico, Cablevision Argentina, Net Brazil, America Móvile and Claro Colombia;

in Europe: Liberty Global, Vodafone, Telefonica and DNA Oyj; and

in Asia-Pacific: SCSK Corporation, Jupiter Communications, Beijing Gehua CATV Networks, China Mobile and NBN.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our products and services through our direct sales force and in partnership with our resellers and sales agents. Our sales force is supported by
our  sales  engineering  team,  which  has  deep  technical  expertise  and  the  capability  for  product  presentations,  product  evaluations,  trials  and  customer  care.
Each  sales  team  is  responsible  for  specific  direct  end-customer  accounts  and/or  a  geographic  territory  across  the  following  regions:  North  America,  Latin
America, Asia-Pacific and Europe, Middle East and Africa.

Our  products  typically  have  a  long  sales  cycle,  requiring  detailed  discussions  with  prospective  customers  about  their  network  requirements  and
technology roadmaps. To help us succeed in a market characterized by long sales cycles, we have developed strong customer relationships, which in turn
provide us with insight into how our products will be deployed in our customers’ networks. We involve product engineers in the sales process, enabling them
to build relationships with customers that are valuable both during implementation and in post-sales customer support. These relationships also provide us
with opportunities to leverage our familiarity with our customers’ needs to make additional sales following the initial sale.

We also use resellers to market, sell and support our products and services, and we use sales agents to assist our direct global sales force with certain

customers primarily located in the Latin America and Asia-Pacific regions.

Our  marketing  activities  consist  primarily  of  technology  conferences,  web  marketing,  trade  shows,  seminars  and  events,  public  relations,  analyst
relations,  demand  generation  and  direct  marketing  to  build  our  brand,  increase  customer  awareness,  communicate  our  product  advantages  and  generate
qualified leads for our field sales force and resellers and sales agents.

Competition

The broadband service provider market is highly competitive and subject to rapidly changing technology trends and shifting customer needs.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
We primarily compete with larger and more established companies in the broadband service provider market, such as Adtran, Cisco,  CommScope,

Ericsson, Huawei, Inseego, Nokia, and Samsung.

The principal factors upon which we compete are:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

product capabilities;

performance;

scalability, flexibility and adaptability to new standards;

ability to innovate;

time to market;

customer support; and

total cost of ownership relative to performance and features.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to these factors. Nevertheless, many of our competitors have substantial competitive advantages,
including greater name recognition, longer operating histories, and substantially greater financial, technical, research and development or other resources than
we do.

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts are focused on developing new broadband products for the cable, fixed and wireless communications markets
and  enhancing  our  current  products  to  meet  the  current  and  future  needs  of  our  customers.  We  aim  to  be  first  to  market  with  deployable,  innovative
products.    We  are  willing  to  invest  early  in  research  and  development  and  take  technological  risks  to  meet  this  goal.  We  also  seek  to  enhance  our
technological  innovation  through  our  partnerships  with  industry  standard-setting  organizations  and  groups,  such  as  CableLabs,  3GPP,  and  Wi-Fi  Alliance.
These efforts position us to be able to advance industry standards while evolving our solutions to meet such new standards.

Manufacturing

We partner with multiple global contract manufacturing companies, to manufacture the hardware for our products using the designs, components and
standards that we specify.  We conduct final assembly and quality assurance testing at our in-house and outsourced manufacturing facilities. We believe our
combination  of  in-house  and  outsourced  manufacturing  capabilities,  assembly  and  quality  assurance  testing  allows  us  to  maintain  consistent  and  quality
product  for  our  customers.  We  also  believe  that  this  manufacturing  model  enables  us  to  respond  quickly  to  technological  changes  and  supports  our
engineering goal of being first to market with deployable products. We believe our inventory management enables us to offer shorter times between order and
delivery to our customers as compared to our competitors.

Our use of multiple contract manufacturers allows us not to be substantially dependent on the availability of any single contract manufacturer. Our
contract manufacturers purchase the materials and components for our products through a variety of major electronics suppliers. The majority of our materials
and components for our solutions are generally available in adequate quantities from multiple suppliers.

Backlog

We do not have any long-term purchase commitments from customers. Customers generally order products on an as-needed basis with short lead and
delivery times on a per-purchase-order basis. We maintain substantial finished goods inventory to ensure that products can generally be shipped shortly after
receipt of an order.

A portion of our customer shipments in any fiscal period relate to orders received in prior fiscal periods. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had
backlog of $52.0 million and $28.6 million, respectively. The increase in backlog over that period was due principally to additional NetComm backlog of
$28.6 million. Of the amount of backlog as of December 31, 2019, we expect that approximately $51.5 million will be shipped within the following twelve
months.  However,  because  our  customers  utilize  purchase  orders  containing  non-binding  purchase  commitments  and  customers  may  cancel,  change  or
reschedule orders without penalty at any time prior to shipment, we have no assurance that we will be able to convert our backlog into shipped orders.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intellectual Property

Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a
combination  of  trade  secrets,  patents,  copyrights  and  trademarks,  as  well  as  contractual  protections.  To  date,  we  have  focused  our  efforts  to  protect  our
intellectual property primarily on trade secrets because the cable industry generally relies on non-patentable CableLabs standards and specifications that are
jointly developed by market participants.

We limit access to and use of our proprietary software, technology and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls,
including  nondisclosure  agreements  with  employees,  consultants,  customers  and  vendors  and  other  measures  for  maintaining  trade  secret  protection.  We
generally  license  our  software  to  customers  pursuant  to  agreements  that  impose  restrictions  on  the  customers’  ability  to  use  the  software,  including
prohibitions on reverse engineering and limitations on the use of copies. We also seek to avoid disclosure of our intellectual property by requiring employees
and  consultants  with  access  to  our  proprietary  information  to  execute  nondisclosure  and  assignment  of  intellectual  property  agreements  and  by  restricting
access to our source code.

We also incorporate a number of third-party software programs into our solutions pursuant to license agreements. Our software is not substantially

dependent on any third-party software, although in some cases it utilizes open source code.

Employees

We pride ourselves on our culture of innovation, which is driven by our management team of experienced executives and engineers with deep industry
expertise.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  approximately  62%  of  our  employees  were  engineers  or  had  other  technical  backgrounds.  With  our  talented  and
passionate engineering-led organization, we aim to be an industry visionary and are committed to delivering products based on next-generation technology
before  our  competitors  do.  By  providing  customers  with  direct  access  to  our  engineers  for  product  feedback  and  assistance,  we  believe  our  engineering
expertise contributes to an enhanced customer experience.

As of December 31, 2019, we employed 997 full-time employees, of which 361 were located in the United States and 636 were located outside the
United States. Our workforce as of December 31, 2019, consisted of 620 employees in engineering and research and development, 180 employees in sales
and  marketing,  89  employees  in  general  and  administrative,  73  employees  in  manufacturing  and  35  employees  in  services  and  support.  None  of  our
employees  are  represented  by  unions.  We  consider  our  relationship  with  our  employees  to  be  good  and  have  not  experienced  significant  interruptions  of
operations due to labor disagreements.

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the State of Delaware on February 28, 2003. Our principal executive offices are located at 100 Old River Road, Andover,

Massachusetts 01810, and our telephone number at that address is (978) 688-6706.

Available Information

We maintain an internet website at www.casa-systems.com and make available free of charge through our website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of
the  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  or  the  Exchange  Act.  We  make  these  reports  available  through  our  website  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we
electronically file such reports with, or furnish such reports to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. You can review our electronically filed
reports and other information that we file with the SEC on the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov. We also make available, free of charge on our website,
the reports filed with the SEC by our executive officers, directors and 10% stockholders pursuant to Section 16 under the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably
practicable  after  copies  of  those  filings  are  provided  to  us  by  those  persons.  In  addition,  we  regularly  use  our  website  to  post  information  regarding  our
business, product development programs and governance, and we encourage investors to use our website, particularly the information in the section entitled
“Investor Relations,” as a source of information about us.

The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should not be considered to be a part of

this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our website address is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as an inactive technical reference only.

16

 
Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Our  business  is  subject  to  numerous  risks.  The  following  important  factors,  among  others,  could  cause  our  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from
those expressed in forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other filings with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, or the SEC, press releases, communications with investors, and oral statements. Actual future results may differ materially from those
anticipated in our forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information,
future events, or otherwise.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

If we do not successfully anticipate technological shifts, market needs and opportunities, and develop new products and product enhancements that meet
those technological shifts, needs and opportunities, we may not be able to compete effectively.

The  broadband  service  provider  market,  including  fixed  and  wireless,  is  characterized  by  rapid  technological  shifts  and  increasingly  complex
customer requirements to achieve scalable networks that accommodate rapidly increasing consumer demand for bandwidth. To compete effectively, we must
continue to develop new technologies and products that address emerging technological trends and changing customer needs. The process of developing new
technology  is  complex  and  uncertain,  and  the  development  of  new  offerings  requires  significant  upfront  investment  that  may  not  result  in  material
improvements to existing products or result in marketable new products or costs savings or revenue for an extended period of time, if at all.

We  believe  that  our  culture  of  innovation  is  a  significant  factor  in  our  ability  to  develop  new  products.  If  we  are  not  able  to  attract  and  retain
employees  that  are  able  to  contribute  to  our  culture  of  innovation,  our  ability  to  identify  emerging  technological  trends  and  changing  customer  needs  and
successfully develop new products to address them could be adversely impacted.

The  success  of  new  products  and  enhancements  also  depends  on  many  other  factors,  including  timely  completion  and  introduction,  differentiation
from  products  offered  by  competitors  and  previous  versions  of  our  own  products  and,  ultimately,  market  acceptance  of  these  new  products  and
enhancements.  In  addition,  new  technologies  or  standards  could  render  our  existing  products  obsolete  or  less  attractive  to  customers.  If  we  are  unable  to
successfully  introduce  new  products  and  enhancements,  we  would  not  be  able  to  compete  effectively  and  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of
operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our success depends in large part on broadband service providers’ continued deployment of, and investment in, ultra-broadband network capabilities that
make use of our solutions.

Our product and solution suite is dedicated to enabling cable, wireless and fixed-line service providers to deliver voice, video and data services over
newer  and  faster  ultra-broadband  networks.  As  a  result,  our  success  depends  significantly  on  these  service  providers’  continued  deployment  of,  and
investment in, their networks, which depends on a number of factors outside of our control. These factors include capital constraints, the presence of available
capacity  on  legacy  networks,  perceived  subscriber  demand  for  ultra-broadband  networks,  competitive  conditions  within  the  broadband  service  provider
industry and regulatory issues. If broadband service providers do not continue deploying and investing in their ultra-broadband networks in ways that involve
our solutions, for these or other reasons, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We expect certain of our customers will continue to represent a substantial portion of our revenue.

Historically, certain of our customers have accounted for a significant portion of our revenue. For example, sales to Charter Communications, which
purchased  Time  Warner  Cable  in  2016,  accounted  for  14%,  27%,  and  37%  of  our  revenue  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,
respectively; sales to Liberty Global Affiliates accounted for 11%, and 11% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively;
sales to Videotron accounted for 14% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018; and sales to Rogers accounted for 12% of our revenue for the
years  ended  December  31,  2018.  In  addition,  following  our  acquisition  of  NetComm  Wireless  Limited  in  Australia,  which  closed  on  July  1,  2019,  the
National Broadband Network represented 12% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019. Based on their historical purchasing patterns, we expect
that our large customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of our revenue in future periods. However, our customers generally make purchases
from us on a purchase-order basis rather than pursuant to long-term contracts, and those that do enter long-term contracts typically have the right to terminate
their contracts for convenience. As a result, we generally have no assurances that these large customers

17

will continue to purchase our solutions. We may also see consolidation of our customer base, which could result in loss of customers. In addition, some of our
large customers have used, and may in the future use, the sizes and relative importance of their orders to our business to require that we enter into agreements
with more favorable terms than we would otherwise agree to and obtain price concessions. The loss of a significant customer, a significant delay or reduction
in  purchases  by  large  customers  or  significant  price  concessions  to  one  or  more  large  customers,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Timing  of  large  orders  and  seasonality  in  our  revenue  may  cause  our  quarterly  revenue  and  results  of  operations  to  fluctuate  and  possibly  decline
materially from quarter to quarter.

Our customers tend to make large purchases from us when initiating or upgrading services based on our solutions, followed by smaller purchases for
maintenance  and  ongoing  support.  In  addition,  for  our  cable  products,  purchases  by  existing  customers  of  capacity  expansions  can  also  involve  large
individual orders that may represent a significant portion of our revenue for a fiscal quarter, which may also have a significant impact on our quarterly gross
margin due to these capacity expansions generating higher gross margins than our initial hardware-based deployments. As a result of all of these factors, our
quarterly revenue and results of operations, including our gross margin, may be significantly impacted by one or a small number of large individual orders.
For  example,  any  cancellation  of  orders  or  any  acceleration  or  delay  in  anticipated  product  purchases  or  the  acceptance  of  shipped  products  by  a  large
customer could materially affect our revenue and results of operations in any quarterly period. We may be unable to sustain or increase our revenue from
other new or existing customers to offset the discontinuation of purchases by one of our larger customers. As a result, our quarterly revenue and results of
operations are difficult to estimate and may fluctuate or decline materially from quarter to quarter.

In addition, although this was not the case for the year ended December 31, 2019, historically there have been significant seasonal factors which may
cause revenue to be greater for the first and fourth quarters of our fiscal year as compared to the second and third quarters. We believe that this seasonality
results  from  a  number  of  factors,  including  the  procurement,  budgeting  and  deployment  cycles  of  many  of  our  customers. These  seasonal  variations  may
cause our quarterly revenue and results of operations to fluctuate or decline materially from quarter to quarter.

Our sales to the broadband service provider market are volatile and our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable. As a result, our sales and revenue are
difficult to predict and may vary substantially from period to period, which may cause our revenue and results of operations to fluctuate and possibly
decline significantly.

Our sales to the broadband service provider market have been characterized by large and sporadic purchases and long sales cycles. Sales activity often
depends upon the stage of completion of expanding network infrastructures, the availability of funding and the extent to which broadband service providers
are affected by regulatory, economic and business conditions in the countries in which they operate.

In addition, the timing of our sales and revenue recognition is difficult to forecast because of the unpredictability of our products’ sales cycles. A sales
cycle  is  the  period  between  initial  contact  with  a  prospective  customer  and  the  sale  of  our  products  to  that  customer.  Customer  orders  often  involve  the
purchase of multiple products. These orders are complex and difficult to obtain because prospective customers generally consider a number of factors over an
extended period of time before committing to purchase the products and solutions we sell. Customers, especially in the case of our large customers, often
view  the  purchase  of  our  products  as  a  significant  and  strategic  decision  and  require  considerable  time  to  evaluate,  test  and  qualify  our  products  prior  to
making a purchase decision and placing an order. The length of time that customers devote to their evaluation, contract negotiation and budgeting processes
varies significantly, but can often exceed 24 months. During the sales cycle, we expend significant time and money on sales and marketing activities and
make investments in evaluation equipment, all of which are included in our selling, general and administrative expenses and lower our operating margins,
particularly if no sale occurs.

Even  if  a  customer  decides  to  purchase  our  products,  there  are  many  factors  affecting  the  timing  of  our  recognition  of  revenue,  which  makes  our
revenue difficult to forecast. For example, the sale of our products may be subject to acceptance testing or there may be unexpected delays in a customer’s
internal  procurement  processes,  particularly  for  some  of  our  larger  customers,  for  whom  our  products  represent  a  very  small  percentage  of  their  total
procurement activity. These factors may result in our inability to recognize revenue for months or years following a sale. In addition, other factors that are
specific to particular customers can affect the timing of their purchases and the variability of our revenue recognition, including the strategic importance of a
particular project to a customer, budgetary constraints and changes in their personnel. For all of these reasons, it is difficult to predict whether a sale will be
completed,  the  particular  period  in  which  a  sale  will  be  completed  and  the  period  in  which  revenue  from  a  sale  will  be  recognized.  If  our  sales  cycles
lengthen, our revenue could be lower than expected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and
prospects.

18

We may not generate positive returns on our research and development investments.

Developing our products is expensive, and the investment in product development may involve a long payback cycle or may result in investments in
technologies  or  standards  that  do  not  get  adopted  in  the  timeframe  we  anticipate,  or  at  all.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  our
research and development expenses were $83.3 million, or approximately 29.5% of our revenue, $71.0 million, or approximately 23.9% of our revenue, and
$60.7 million, or approximately 17.3% of our revenue, respectively. We expect to continue to invest heavily in software and hardware development in order to
expand  the  capabilities  of  our  fixed  and  wireless  broadband  infrastructure  solutions,  introduce  new  products  and  features  and  build  upon  our  technology
leadership, and we expect that our research and development expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue from 2019
to 2020. Our investments in research and development may not generate positive returns in a timely fashion or at all.

Our converged cable access platform, or CCAP, solutions currently represent a majority of our product sales; this concentration may limit our ability to
increase our revenue, and our business would be adversely affected in the event we are unable to sell one or more of our products.

Historically,  have  generated  the  majority  of  our  revenue  from  the  cable  market  with  our  converged  cable  access  platform,  or  CCAP.  In  2019,  we
became  more  diversified  via  expansion  of  our  target  markets  to  include  wireless  and  fixed-line  broadband  solutions  and  following  our  acquisition  of
NetComm, the share of wireless and fixed-line products in our revenue mix has increased. However, as our business expands increasingly into wireless and
fixed-line  broadband  solutions,  we  remain  heavily  dependent  upon  the  sales  of  our  CCAP  solutions.  In  the  event  we  are  unable  to  market  and  sell  these
products or any future product that represents a substantial amount of our revenue, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could
be materially adversely affected.

We have invested heavily in developing wireless and fixed-line broadband solutions, and we face risks in seeking to expand our platform into the wireless
and fixed-line broadband markets.

We have invested heavily in developing wireless and fixed-line solutions that have only recently begun to generate revenue. We cannot guarantee that
these  investments,  or  any  of  our  other  investments  in  research  and  development,  will  ever  generate  material  revenue  or  become  profitable  for  us,  and  the
failure  of  these  investments  to  generate  positive  returns  may  adversely  impact  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  prospects.  The
wireless market makes up a substantial portion of our total potential addressable market. In addition, expanding our offerings into the wireless and fixed-line
broadband  markets  presents  other  significant  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  potential  distraction  of  management  from  other  business  operations  that
generate more substantial revenue, the dedication of significant research and development, sales and marketing, and other resources to this new business line
at the expense of our other business operations and other risks that we may not have adequately anticipated.

We believe the broadband service provider industry is in the early stages of a major architectural shift toward the virtualization of networks and the use of
networks with distributed architectures. If the architectural shift does not occur, if it does not occur at the pace we predict, or if the products and services
we have developed are not attractive to our customers after such shift takes place, our revenues could decline.

We believe the broadband service provider industry is in the early stages of transitioning to the virtualization of networks and the use of networks with
distributed architectures. We are developing products and services that we believe will be attractive to our customers and potential customers who make that
shift.  Our  strategy  depends  in  part  on  our  belief  that  the  industry  shift  to  a  software-centric  cloud-based  architecture  and  increasing  densification  will
continue. In our experience, fundamental changes like this often take time to accelerate and the adoption rates of our customers may vary. As our customers
determine  their  future  network  architectures  and  how  to  implement  them,  we  may  encounter  delayed  timing  of  orders,  deferred  purchasing  decisions  and
reduced expenditures. These longer decision cycles and reduced expenditures may negatively impact our revenues or make it difficult for us to accurately
predict our revenues, either of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, it is
possible  that  our  customers  may  reverse  or  fail  to  expand  upon  current  trends  toward  virtualization  and  distributed  architectures,  which  could  result  in
significantly reduced demand for the products that we have developed and currently plan to develop.

We face intense competition, including from larger, well-established companies, and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or
improve our competitive position.

The  market  for  broadband  infrastructure  solutions  is  intensely  competitive,  and  we  expect  competition  to  increase  in  the  future  from  established
competitors  and  new  market  entrants.  This  competition  could  result  in  increased  pricing  pressure,  reduced  profit  margins,  increased  selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  and  our  failure  to  increase,  or  the  loss  of,  market  share,  any  of  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial
condition, results of operations and prospects.

19

In the broadband service provider market, we primarily compete with larger and more established companies, such as Adtran, Cisco,  CommScope,

Ericsson, Huawei, Inseego, Nokia and Samsung.

Many of our existing and potential competitors enjoy substantial competitive advantages, such as:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

greater name recognition and longer operating histories;

larger sales and marketing budgets and resources;

broader distribution and established relationships with customers;

greater access to larger customer bases;

greater customer support resources;

greater manufacturing resources;

the ability to leverage their sales efforts across a broader portfolio of products;

the ability to leverage purchasing power with vendor subcomponents;

the ability to incorporate additional functionality into their existing products;

the ability to bundle offerings with other products and services;

the ability to set more aggressive pricing policies;

the ability to offer greater amounts of equity and more valuable equity as incentives for purchases of their products and services;

lower labor and development costs;

greater resources to fund research and development or otherwise acquire new product offerings;

larger intellectual property portfolios; and

substantially greater financial, technical, research and development or other resources.

Our ability to compete will depend upon our ability to provide a comparable or better solution than our competitors at a price that offers superior

value. We may be required to make substantial additional investments in research, development, sales and marketing in order to respond to competition.

We also expect increased competition if our market continues to expand. Conditions in our market could change rapidly and significantly as a result of
technological advancements or other factors. Current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties that have greater resources available than we
do. Our current or potential competitors might take advantage of the greater resources of the larger organizations resulting from these acquisitions to compete
more vigorously or broadly with us. In addition, continued industry consolidation might adversely affect customers’ perceptions of the viability of smaller and
even  medium-sized  companies,  such  as  us,  and,  consequently,  customers’  willingness  to  purchase  from  us.  Further,  certain  large  customers  may  develop
broadband infrastructure solutions for internal use and/or to broaden their portfolios of internally developed resources, which could allow these customers to
become new competitors in our market.

If we are unable to sell additional products to our existing customers, our revenue will be adversely affected.

To increase our revenue, we must sell additional products to our existing customers and add new customers. We expect that a substantial portion of
our  future  sales  will  be  follow-on  sales  to  existing  customers.  For  example,  one  of  our  sales  strategies  is  to  target  sales  of  capacity  expansions  and
implementation  of  wireless  solutions  at  our  current  cable  customers  because  they  are  familiar  with  the  operational  and  economic  benefits  of  our
solutions.  However,  our  existing  customers  may  choose  to  use  other  providers  for  their  infrastructure  needs.  If  we  fail  to  sell  additional  products  to  our
existing customers, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We may have difficulty attracting new large customers or acquiring new customers due to the high costs of switching broadband equipment.

Broadband  service  providers  typically  need  to  make  substantial  investments  when  deploying  network  infrastructure,  which  can  delay  a  purchasing
decision. Once a broadband service provider has deployed infrastructure for a particular portion of its network, it is often difficult and costly to switch to
another  vendor’s  infrastructure.  Unless  we  are  able  to  demonstrate  that  our  products  offer  significant  performance,  functionality  or  cost  advantages  that
outweigh a customer’s expense of

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
switching  from  a  competitor’s  product,  it  will  be  difficult  for  us  to  generate  sales  once  that  competitor’s  equipment  has  been  deployed.  Accordingly,  if  a
customer has already deployed a competitor’s product for its broadband infrastructure, it may be difficult for us to sell our products to that customer. If we fail
to attract new large customers or acquire new customers, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely
affected.

We are exposed to the credit risk of some of our customers and to credit exposures in the event of turmoil in the credit markets, which could result in
material losses.

Due  to  our  reliance  on  significant  customers,  we  are  dependent  on  the  continued  financial  strength  of  these  customers.  If  one  or  more  of  our
significant  customers  experience  financial  difficulties,  it  could  result  in  uncollectible  accounts  receivable  and  our  loss  of  such  customers  and  anticipated
revenue.

The  majority  of  our  sales  are  on  an  open  credit  basis,  with  typical  payment  terms  of  one  year  or  less.  We  monitor  individual  customer  payment
capability in granting such open credit arrangements, seeking to limit such open credit to amounts we believe our customers can pay and maintain reserves we
believe are adequate to cover exposure for doubtful accounts. However, there can be no assurance that our open credit customers will pay the amounts they
owe  to  us  or  that  the  reserves  we  maintain  will  be  adequate  to  cover  such  credit  exposure.  Our  customers’  failure  to  pay  and/or  our  failure  to  maintain
sufficient reserves could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements. In addition, in the event that turmoil in the credit markets
makes  it  more  difficult  for  some  customers  to  obtain  financing,  those  customers’  ability  to  pay  could  be  adversely  impacted,  which  in  turn  could  have  a
material adverse impact on our business and operations.

A portion of our sales is also derived through our resellers, which tend to have more limited financial resources than other customers and to present

increased credit risk. Our resellers also typically have the ability to terminate their agreements with us for any reason upon advance written notice.

We  are  exposed  to  fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and
prospects.

Our sales agreements are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, a strengthening U.S. dollar could increase the real cost of our products to
our customers outside of the U.S., and alternatively a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could increase our product and
operating costs in foreign locations. If we are not able to successfully hedge against the risks associated with the currency fluctuations, our business, financial
condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We generate a significant amount of revenue from sales to customers outside of the United States and have increased geographic diversity of our revenues
following  the  acquisition  of  NetComm  Wireless  Limited,  and  we  are  therefore  subject  to  a  number  of  risks  associated  with  international  sales  and
operations.

We have extensive international operations and generate a significant amount of revenue from sales to customers in Asia-Pacific, Europe and Latin
America. Our ability to grow our business and our future success will depend to a significant extent on our ability to continue to expand our operations and
customer  base  worldwide.  To  this  end,  in  the  third  quarter  of  2019,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  NetComm  Wireless  Limited,  an  Australian  public
company.

As a result of our international reach, we must hire and train experienced personnel to staff and manage our foreign operations. To the extent that we
experience  difficulties  in  recruiting,  training,  managing  and  retaining  an  international  staff,  and  specifically  staff  related  to  sales  management  and  sales
personnel, we may experience difficulties in sales productivity in foreign markets. We also enter into strategic relationships with resellers and sales agents in
certain international markets where we do not have a local presence. If we are not able to maintain these relationships or to recruit additional companies to
enter  into  reseller  and  sales  agent  relationships,  our  future  success  in  these  international  markets  could  be  limited.  Business  practices  in  the  international
markets that we serve may differ from those in the U.S. and may require us in the future to include terms other than our standard terms in customer contracts.
To  the  extent  that  we  may  enter  into  customer  contracts  in  the  future  that  include  non-standard  terms  related  to  payment,  warranties  or  performance
obligations, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our international sales and operations are subject to a number of risks, including the following:

•

•

greater risk of unexpected changes in regulatory practices, tariffs and tax laws and treaties;

greater difficulty in enforcing contracts and accounts receivable collection and longer collection periods;

21

 
 
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

increased expenses incurred in establishing and maintaining our international operations;

fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies where we do business;

greater difficulty and costs in recruiting local experienced personnel;

wage inflation in certain growing economies;

general economic and political conditions in these foreign markets;

economic uncertainty around the world as a result of sovereign debt issues;

communication and integration problems resulting from cultural and geographic dispersion;

limitations on our ability to access cash resources in our international operations;

ability to establish necessary business relationships and to comply with local business requirements;

risks associated with trade restrictions and foreign legal requirements, including the importation, certification and localization of our products
required in foreign countries;

the uncertainty of protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

delays resulting from our need to comply with foreign cybersecurity laws;

greater  risk  of  a  failure  of  our  operations  and  employees  to  comply  with  both  U.S.  and  foreign  laws  and  regulations,  including  antitrust
regulations; the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA; privacy and data protection laws and regulations and
any trade regulations ensuring fair trade practices; and

heightened  risk  of  unfair  or  corrupt  business  practices  in  certain  geographies  and  of  improper  or  fraudulent  sales  arrangements  that  may
impact financial results and result in restatements of, or irregularities in, financial statements.

These  and  other  factors  could  harm  our  ability  to  gain  future  international  revenue  and,  consequently,  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Expanding our existing international operations and entering into additional international markets will
require significant management attention and financial commitments. Our failure to successfully manage our international operations and the associated risks
effectively could limit our future growth or materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We have significant operations in China, where many of the risks listed above are particularly acute. Import tariffs and other restrictions imposed by
the U.S government and related retaliatory action taken by China could significantly increase, among other things, which could cause an increase in the costs
of raw materials, manufacturing of our equipment and costs for goods imported into the United States, all of which could have a material adverse effect on
our business and results of operations. Any such trade barriers could reduce customer demand for our products if our customers have to pay increased prices
for our products as a result of such policies. In addition, such policies may have a similar impact on other suppliers and certain other customers, which could
increase  the  negative  impact  on  our  operating  results  or  future  cash  flows.   Although  we  have  not  experienced  a  significant  increase  in  the  cost  of  our
operations,  if  we  were  to  do  so,  our  products  could  become  less  competitive  than  those  of  our  competitors  whose  imports  are  not  subject  to  these  trade
policies.

In  2019  and  2018,  the  Office  of  the  United  States  Trade  Representative,  or  USTR,  imposed  significant  new  tariffs  on  a  wide  variety  of  Chinese
products, including certain of our products, pursuant to Section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974. USTR has imposed significant additional tariffs on Chinese
products,  effective  at  various  dates  from  July  6,  2018  through  September  1,  2019.  Effective  February  14,  2020,  certain  of  these  tariffs  were  reduced  or
suspended, however, there continues to be significant uncertainty in connection with tariff matters. In the event that any existing tariffs are increased, or any
additional tariffs are imposed on our products, or that our products become subject to any other trade barriers or restrictions, our business, financial condition,
our results of operations and commercial prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

We are subject to anti-corruption laws such as the FCPA.

We  are  subject  to  anti-corruption  laws  such  as  the  FCPA,  which  generally  prohibits  U.S.  companies  and  their  employees  and  intermediaries  from
making  corrupt  payments  to  foreign  officials  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  keeping  business,  securing  an  advantage  or  directing  business  to  another
individual  or  entity,  and  requires  companies  to  maintain  accurate  books  and  records.  Under  the  FCPA,  U.S.  companies  may  be  held  liable  for  the  corrupt
actions taken by directors, officers, employees, agents, or other strategic or local partners or representatives. We rely on non-employee third-party

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
representatives  and  other  intermediaries  to  develop  international  sales  opportunities,  and  generally  have  less  direct  control  over  such  third  parties’  actions
taken  on  our  behalf.  If  we  or  our  intermediaries  fail  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  FCPA  or  similar  legislation,  governmental  authorities  in  the
United  States  and  elsewhere  could  seek  to  impose  civil  and/or  criminal  fines  and  penalties,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,
reputation, results of operations and financial condition. We intend to increase our international sales and business and, as such, the cost of complying with
such laws, and the potential harm from our noncompliance, are likely to increase.

Failure  to  comply  with  anti-corruption  laws,  such  as  the  FCPA  and  the  United  Kingdom  Bribery  Act  2010,  or  the  Bribery  Act,  and  similar  laws
associated  with  our  activities  outside  the  U.S.,  could  subject  us  to  penalties  and  other  adverse  consequences.  Any  violation  of  the  FCPA,  Bribery  Act  or
similar  laws  could  result  in  whistleblower  complaints,  adverse  media  coverage,  investigations,  loss  of  export  privileges,  severe  criminal  or  civil  sanctions
suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations
and prospects. In addition, responding to any enforcement action or related investigation may result in a materially significant diversion of management’s
attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls and similar restrictions that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or
subject us to liability if we violate them.

Our products may be subject to various export controls and because we incorporate encryption technology into certain of our products, certain of our
products may be exported from various countries only with the required export license or through an export license exception. Furthermore, certain export
control  and  economic  sanctions  laws  prohibit  the  shipment  of  certain  products,  technology,  software  and  services  to  embargoed  countries  and  sanctioned
governments, entities, and persons. If we fail to comply with the applicable export control laws, customs regulations, economic sanctions or other applicable
laws, we could be subject to monetary damages or the imposition of restrictions which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations and prospects and could also harm our reputation. Further, there could be criminal penalties for knowing or willful violations, including
incarceration for culpable employees and managers. Obtaining the necessary export license or other authorization for a particular sale may be time-consuming
and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. We previously disclosed that we may have inadvertently violated certain technical provisions of the
U.S.  export  control  laws  and  regulations  by  failing  to  inform  customers  of  their  export  control  obligations  and  failing  to  make  certain  submissions  to  the
Commerce Department’s Bureau of Industry and Security, or BIS, in a timely and complete manner. However, we believe that the exports of our products
were all to destinations and end users that would not have required licensing under the U.S. export control and sanctions laws. We voluntarily disclosed the
potential technical violations to BIS, and, on March 27, 2018, we were notified by BIS that it would not be imposing a penalty regarding this matter.

In  addition,  various  countries  regulate  the  import  of  certain  encryption  technology  and  products,  including  through  import  permit  and  license
requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our products in
those  countries.  Any  change  in  export  or  import  regulations,  economic  sanctions  or  related  legislation,  shift  in  the  enforcement  or  scope  of  existing
regulations or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations could result in decreased use of our products by, or
in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations or create delays in the introduction of
our  products  into  international  markets.  Any  decreased  use  of  our  products  or  limitation  on  our  ability  to  export  or  sell  our  products  could  materially
adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

As the majority of the growth in our revenue and income from operations has occurred since 2013, it is difficult to evaluate our future prospects.

We were founded in 2003 and booked our first revenue in 2006. The majority of the growth in our revenue and income from operations has occurred
during 2013 to 2017. It is difficult to evaluate our future prospects, including our ability to plan for and manage future growth. We have encountered and will
continue  to  encounter  risks  and  difficulties  frequently  experienced  by  rapidly  growing  companies  in  constantly  evolving  industries,  including  the  risks
described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Since 2018, our revenue has declined. If we do not address these risks successfully, our business, financial
condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected, and the market price of our common stock could decline.

23

Our  products  are  necessary  for  the  operation  of  our  customers’  broadband  service  operations.  Product  quality  problems,  warranty  claims,  services
disruptions, or other defects, errors or vulnerabilities in our products or services could harm our reputation and materially adversely affect our business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We assist our customers in the operation of their broadband service operations. Failures of our products could result in significant interruptions in our
customers’  capabilities  to  maintain  their  networks  and  operations.  Further,  unsatisfactory  performance  could  cause  us  to  lose  revenue  or  market  share,
increase  our  service  costs,  cause  us  to  incur  substantial  costs  in  analyzing,  correcting  or  redesigning  our  products,  cause  us  to  lose  significant  customers,
subject  us  to  liability  for  damages  and  divert  our  resources  from  other  tasks,  any  one  of  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial
condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we produce or procure from third parties may contain defects
in design or manufacture, including “bugs” and other problems that could unexpectedly interfere with the operation of our networks, system, or products.
Such defects could result in warranty claims or claims by customers for losses that they sustain or, in some cases, could allow customers to claim damages. In
the past, we have had to replace certain components of products that we had shipped or provide remediation in response to the discovery of defects or bugs
from failures in software protocols.

Limitation  of  liability  provisions  in  our  standard  terms  and  conditions  of  sale,  and  those  of  our  resellers  and  sales  agents,  may  not  be  enforceable
under some circumstances or may not fully or effectively protect us from end-customer claims and related liabilities and costs. In some cases, including with
respect to indemnification obligations under many of our agreements with customers and resellers, our contractual liability may be uncapped. The sale and
support of our products also entail the risk of product liability claims. We maintain insurance to protect against certain types of claims associated with the use
of our products, but our insurance coverage may not adequately cover any such claims. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result
in expenditures of funds in connection with litigation and divert management’s time and other resources.

Our products must interoperate with operating systems, software applications and hardware, and comply with industry standards, that are developed by
others, and if we are unable to devote the necessary resources for our products to interoperate with such software and hardware and comply with such
standards, we may lose or fail to increase market share and experience a weakening demand for our products.

Generally, our products comprise only a part of and must interoperate with our customers’ existing infrastructure, specifically their networks, servers,
software and operating systems, which may be manufactured by a wide variety of vendors and original equipment manufacturers. Our products must also
comply  with  industry  standards,  such  as  Data  Over  Cable  Service  Interface  Specification,  or  DOCSIS,  3.0  and  3.1,  and  standards  promulgated  by  the  3rd
Generation Partnership Project, or 3GPP, a standards organization which develops protocols for mobile technology, which are established by third parties, in
order to interoperate with such servers, storage, software and other networking equipment such that all systems function efficiently together. We may depend
on  other  vendors  to  support  prevailing  industry  standards.  Also,  some  industry  standards  may  not  be  widely  adopted  or  implemented  uniformly  and
competing standards and other approaches may emerge that may be preferred by our customers.

In addition, when new or updated versions of these industry standards, software systems or applications are introduced, we must sometimes develop
updated versions of our software so that our products will interoperate properly. We may not accomplish these development efforts quickly, cost-effectively or
at all. These development efforts require capital investment and the devotion of engineering resources. If we fail to maintain compatibility with these systems
and  applications,  our  customers  may  not  be  able  to  adequately  utilize  our  products,  and  we  may  lose  or  fail  to  increase  market  share  and  experience  a
weakening  in  demand  for  our  products,  among  other  consequences,  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of
operations and prospects.

Our ability to sell our products is highly dependent on the quality of our support and services offerings, and our failure to offer high-quality support and
services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Once our products are deployed within our customers’ networks, our customers depend on our support organization to resolve any issues relating to
our  products.  Our  provision  of  high-quality  support  is  critical  for  the  successful  marketing  and  sale  of  our  products.  If  we  do  not  assist  our  customers  in
deploying  our  products  effectively,  do  not  succeed  in  helping  our  customers  resolve  post-deployment  issues  quickly  or  do  not  provide  adequate  ongoing
support, it could adversely affect our ability to sell our products to existing customers and could harm our reputation with potential customers. In addition, our
standard  sales  contracts  require  us  to  provide  minimum  service  requirements  to  our  customers  on  an  ongoing  basis  and  our  failure  to  satisfy  these
requirements  could  expose  us  to  claims  under  these  contracts.  Our  failure  to  maintain  high-quality  support  and  services,  including  compliance  with  our
contractual minimum service obligations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

24

We base our inventory requirements on our forecasts of future sales. If these forecasts are materially inaccurate, we may procure inventory that we may
be unable to use in a timely manner or at all.

We  and  our  contract  manufacturers  procure  components  and  build  our  products  based  on  our  forecasts.  These  forecasts  are  based  on  estimates  of
future demand for our products, which are in turn based on historical trends and analyses from our sales and marketing organizations, adjusted for overall
market  conditions.  To  the  extent  our  forecasts  are  materially  inaccurate  or  if  we  otherwise  do  not  need  such  inventory,  we  may  under-  or  over-procure
inventory, and such inaccuracies in our forecasts could subject us to contractual damages and otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations and prospects.

Because we depend on third-party manufacturers to build our hardware, we are susceptible to manufacturing delays and pricing fluctuations that could
prevent us from delivering customer orders on time, if at all, or on a cost-effective basis, which may result in the loss of sales and customers.

We  depend  on  third-party  contract  manufacturers  to  manufacture  our  product  hardware.  A  significant  portion  of  our  cost  of  revenue  consists  of
payments to these third-party contract manufacturers. Our reliance on these third-party contract manufacturers reduces our control over the manufacturing
process,  quality  assurance,  product  costs  and  product  supply  and  timing,  which  exposes  us  to  risk.  To  the  extent  that  our  products  are  manufactured  at
facilities in foreign countries, we may be subject to additional risks associated with complying with local rules and regulations in those jurisdictions. If we are
unable to manage our relationships with our third-party contract manufacturers effectively, or if these third-party manufacturers suffer delays or disruptions
for any reason, experience increased manufacturing lead times, capacity constraints or quality control problems in their manufacturing operations or fail to
meet  our  future  requirements  for  timely  delivery,  our  ability  to  ship  products  to  our  customers  would  be  severely  impaired,  and  our  business,  financial
condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our contract manufacturers typically fulfill our supply requirements on the basis of individual orders. We do not have long-term contracts with our
third-party  manufacturers  that  guarantee  capacity,  the  continuation  of  particular  pricing  terms  or  the  extension  of  credit  limits.  Accordingly,  they  are  not
obligated to continue to fulfill our supply requirements, which could result in supply shortages and increases in the prices for manufacturing services on short
notice. We may not be able to develop alternate contract manufacturers in a timely manner, or at all. If we add or change contract manufacturers or change
any manufacturing plant locations within a contract manufacturer network, we would add additional complexity and risk to our supply chain management.

In  addition,  we  may  be  subject  to  significant  challenges  in  ensuring  that  quality,  processes  and  costs,  among  other  issues,  are  consistent  with  our
expectations and those of our customers. A new contract manufacturer or manufacturing location may not be able to scale its production of our products at the
volumes or quality we require. This could also adversely affect our ability to meet our scheduled product deliveries to our customers, which could damage our
customer relationships and cause the loss of sales to existing or potential customers, late delivery penalties, delayed revenue or an increase in our costs which
could adversely affect our gross margins. This could also result in increased levels of inventory subjecting us to increased excess and obsolete charges that
could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

Because  some  of  the  key  components  in  our  products  come  from  limited  sources  of  supply,  we  are  susceptible  to  supply  shortages  or  supply  changes,
which could disrupt or delay our scheduled product deliveries to our customers and may result in the loss of sales and customers.

Our products rely on key components that our contract manufacturers purchase on our behalf from a limited number of suppliers, including Altera,
Analog Devices, Bell Power, Broadcom, Intel, Marvell, Maxim, Mini-Circuits, Qorvo, Qualcomm, Quectel, TTM Technologies and Xilinx. We do not have
guaranteed supply contracts with any of our component suppliers, and our suppliers could delay shipments or cease manufacturing such products or selling
them  to  us  at  any  time.  The  development  of  alternate  sources  for  those  components  is  time-consuming,  difficult  and  costly.  If  we  are  unable  to  obtain  a
sufficient quantity of these components on commercially reasonable terms or in a timely manner, sales of our products could be delayed or halted entirely, or
we may be required to redesign our products. For example, as a result of travel restrictions and the extension of the lunar new year holidays due to the recent
outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus originating in Wuhan, China, certain of our inventory shipments from China may be delayed.  These events could
result  in  lost  sales  and  damage  to  our  customer  relationships,  which  would  adversely  impact  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and
prospects. In the event of a shortage or supply interruption from our component suppliers, we may not be able to develop alternate or second sources in a
timely  manner,  on  commercially  reasonable  terms  or  at  all.  In  addition,  certain  of  our  customer  contracts  require  us  to  notify  our  customers  of  any
discontinuation of the products that we supply to them and to provide support for discontinued products, and lack of supply from our suppliers could leave us
unable to fulfill our customer support obligations. Adverse changes to our relationships with our sole suppliers could result in lost sales and damage to our
customer relationships, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

25

We rely on resellers and sales agents to sell our products into certain international markets, and the loss of such resellers and sales agents could delay or
harm our ability to deliver our products to our customers.

We rely upon resellers and sales agents to coordinate sales and distribution of our products in certain international markets. We provide our resellers
and sales agents with specific training and programs to assist them in selling our products, but these steps may not be effective. In addition, our resellers and
sales agents may be unsuccessful in marketing, selling and supporting our products and services. If we are unable to develop and maintain effective sales
incentive programs for our resellers and sales agents, we may not be able to incentivize these resellers and sales agents to sell our products to customers. Any
of our resellers and sales agents could elect to consolidate or enter into a strategic partnership with one of our competitors, which could reduce or eliminate
our future opportunities with that reseller or sales agent. Our agreements with our resellers and sales agents may generally be terminated for any reason by
either party with advance notice. We may be unable to retain these resellers and sales agents or secure additional or replacement resellers and sales agents.
The replacement of one or more of our significant resellers or sales agents requires extensive training, and any new or expanded relationship with a reseller or
sales agent may take several months or more to achieve productivity. Any of these events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations and prospects.

Our operations have experienced rapid growth in recent years, and if we do not appropriately manage any future growth or are unable to improve our
systems and processes, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth in the scope and complexity of our operations in recent years and are investing in growing our suite of products for
cable,  fixed-line  and  wireless  service  providers.  This  has  placed  a  strain  on  our  management,  administrative,  operational  and  financial  infrastructure.  Our
headcount  has  increased  from  680  as  of  December  31,  2017  to  743  as  of  December  31,  2018  and  to  997  as  of  December  31,  2019,  which  includes  an
additional  186  employees  related  to  the  NetComm  acquisition,  and  we  expect  to  continue  to  increase  our  headcount. As  we  have  grown,  we  have  had  to
manage an increasingly larger and more complex array of internal systems and processes to scale with all aspects of our business, including our software
development, contract manufacturing and purchasing, logistics and fulfillment and sales, maintenance and support. Our success will depend in part upon our
ability to manage our growth effectively. To do so, we must continue to increase the productivity of our existing employees and continue to hire, train and
manage new employees as needed. To manage domestic and international growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our
operational,  financial  and  management  controls  and  our  reporting  processes  and  procedures  and  implement  more  extensive  and  integrated  financial  and
business information systems. We may not be able to successfully implement these or other improvements to our systems and processes in an efficient or
timely manner, and we may discover deficiencies in their capabilities or effectiveness. Our failure to improve our systems and processes, or their failure to
operate  effectively  and  in  the  intended  manner,  may  result  in  disruption  of  our  current  operations  and  customer  relationships,  our  inability  to  manage  the
growth of our business and our inability to accurately forecast our revenue, expenses and earnings.

If  we  are  unable  to  hire,  retain,  train  and  motivate  qualified  personnel  and  senior  management,  including  in  particular  our  founders,  our  business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel, particularly software engineering and sales
personnel. Competition for highly skilled personnel is often intense, particularly in the greater Boston region where we are headquartered, and we may not be
able to attract and retain the highly skilled employees that we need to support our business. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced
personnel have greater resources than we have to provide more attractive compensation packages and other amenities. Research and development personnel
are aggressively recruited by startup and growth companies, which are especially active in many of the technical areas and geographic regions in which we
conduct product development. In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the high-technology industry, job candidates often consider the
value of the stock-based compensation they are to receive in connection with their employment. Declines in the market price of our stock could adversely
affect our ability to attract, motivate or retain key employees. If we are unable to attract or retain qualified personnel, or if there are delays in hiring required
personnel, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Also,  to  the  extent  we  hire  personnel  from  competitors,  or  from  certain  customers  or  other  third  parties  whose  employees  we  have  agreed  not  to
solicit,  we  may  be  subject  to  allegations  that  such  personnel  have  been  improperly  solicited,  that  such  personnel  have  divulged  proprietary  or  other
confidential information or that former employers own certain inventions or other work product. Such claims could result in litigation.

26

Our future performance also depends on the continued services and continuing contributions of our founders and senior management to execute our
business plan and to identify and pursue new opportunities and product innovations. Our employment arrangements with our employees do not require that
they continue to work for us for any specified period, and therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. In particular, the loss of Jerry
Guo,  our  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and  Weidong  Chen,  our  Chief  Technology  Officer,  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our
business. Further, the loss of other members of our senior management team, sales and marketing team or engineering team, or any difficulty attracting or
retaining  other  highly  qualified  personnel  in  the  future,  could  significantly  delay  or  prevent  the  achievement  of  our  development  and  strategic  objectives,
which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  prospects.  Except  with  respect  to  Mr.  Guo,  we  do  not
maintain “key person” life insurance on our officers, directors or key employees.

If we do not effectively expand and train our direct sales force, we may be unable to increase sales to our existing customers or add new customers, and
our business will be adversely affected.

We  depend  on  our  direct  sales  force  to  increase  sales  with  existing  customers  and  to  obtain  new  customers.  As  such,  we  have  invested  and  will
continue to invest substantially in our sales organization. In recent periods, we have been adding personnel to our sales function as we focus on growing our
business, entering new markets and increasing our market share. There is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge
that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, retaining and integrating
sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth, particularly in international markets. In addition, we have significantly increased the number of
personnel in our sales and marketing departments in recent periods, with headcount growing from 122 as of December 31, 2017 to 142 as of December 31,
2018 and to 180 as of December 31, 2019, which includes an additional 39 sales and marketing employees related to the NetComm acquisition. New hires
require significant training and may take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become productive
as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire, retain or integrate into our corporate culture sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets
where  we  do  business  or  plan  to  do  business.  If  we  are  unable  to  hire,  integrate  and  train  a  sufficient  number  of  effective  sales  personnel,  or  the  sales
personnel we hire are not successful in obtaining new customers or increasing sales to our existing customer base, our business, financial condition, results of
operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Adverse economic conditions or reduced broadband infrastructure spending may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations
and prospects.

Our business depends on the overall demand for broadband connectivity. Weak domestic or global economic conditions, fear or anticipation of such
conditions or a reduction in broadband infrastructure spending even if economic conditions improve, could materially adversely affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations and prospects in a number of ways, including longer sales cycles, lower prices for our products and services, reduced sales and
lower or no growth. Continued turmoil in the geopolitical environment in many parts of the world may also affect the overall demand for our products and
services. Deterioration in global economic or political conditions could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and
prospects in the future. A prolonged period of economic uncertainty or a downturn may also significantly affect the availability of capital and the terms and
conditions  of  financing  arrangements,  including  the  overall  cost  of  financing  as  well  as  the  financial  health  or  creditworthiness  of  our  customers.
Circumstances may arise in which we need, or desire, to raise additional capital, and such capital may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or
at all.

Breaches of our cybersecurity systems and measures could degrade our ability to conduct our business operations and deliver products and services to our
customers,  delay  our  ability  to  recognize  revenue,  compromise  the  integrity  of  our  products,  result  in  significant  data  losses  and  the  theft  of  our
intellectual  property,  damage  our  reputation,  expose  us  to  liability  to  third  parties  and  require  us  to  incur  significant  additional  costs  to  maintain  the
security of our networks and data.

We  increasingly  depend  upon  our  IT  systems  to  conduct  virtually  all  of  our  business  operations,  ranging  from  our  internal  operations  and  product
development activities to our marketing and sales efforts and communications with our customers and business partners. Certain persons and entities may
attempt to penetrate our network and systems, or of the systems hosting our website, and may otherwise seek to misappropriate our proprietary or confidential
information  or  cause  interruptions  of  our  service.  Because  the  techniques  used  by  such  persons  and  entities  to  access  or  sabotage  networks  and  systems
change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques. We have also outsourced a
number of our business functions to third parties, including our manufacturers and logistics providers, and our business operations also depend, in part, on the
success of these third parties’ own cybersecurity measures. Additionally, we depend upon our employees and independent contractors to appropriately handle
confidential data and deploy our IT resources in a safe and secure fashion that does not expose our network systems to security breaches

27

and  the  loss  of  data.  Accordingly,  if  any  of  our  cybersecurity  systems,  processes  or  policies,  or  those  of  any  of  our  manufacturers,  logistics  providers,
customers  or  independent  contractors,  fail  to  protect  against  unauthorized  access,  sophisticated  hacking  or  terrorism  and  the  mishandling,  misuse,  or
misappropriation of data by employees, contractors or other persons or entities, our ability to conduct our business effectively could be damaged in a number
of ways, including:

•

•

•

•

•

sensitive data regarding our business, including intellectual property, personal information and other confidential and proprietary data, could
be stolen;

our  electronic  communications  systems,  including  email  and  other  methods,  could  be  disrupted,  and  our  ability  to  conduct  our  business
operations could be seriously damaged until such systems can be restored;

our ability to process customer orders and electronically deliver products and services could be degraded, and our distribution channels could
be disrupted, resulting in delays in revenue recognition, damage to our relationships with customers and prospective customers and damage to
our reputation;

defects and security vulnerabilities could be introduced into our software, products, network and systems, thereby damaging our reputation
and perceived reliability and security of our products and potentially making the systems of our customers vulnerable to data loss and cyber
incidents; and

personally, identifiable data relating to various parties, including end users, employees and business partners could be compromised.

Should any of the above events occur, we could be subject to significant claims for liability from our customers, employees or others and regulatory
investigations  or  actions  from  governmental  agencies.  In  addition,  our  ability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights  could  be  compromised  and  our
reputation and competitive position could be significantly harmed. Any regulatory, contractual or other actions, litigations, investigations, fines, penalties and
liabilities relating to any actual or alleged misuse or misappropriation of personal data or other confidential or proprietary information could be significant in
terms of monetary exposure and reputational impact and necessitate changes to our business operations that may be disruptive to us. Additionally, we could
incur significant costs in order to upgrade our cybersecurity systems, processes, policies and procedures and remediate damages. Consequently, our financial
performance and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

If we are unable to obtain, maintain or protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur
significant expenses to enforce our rights.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws and
confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties to protect and enforce our rights to our proprietary technology, all of which offer only limited
protection.

In order to protect our proprietary information, we rely in significant part on confidentiality arrangements with our employees, licensees, independent
contractors, advisers and customers. These arrangements may not be effective to prevent disclosure of confidential information, including trade secrets, and
may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, if others independently discover our
trade secrets, we would not be able to assert trade secret rights against such parties. Effective trade secret protection may not be available in every country in
which our services are available or where we have employees or independent contractors. The loss or unavailability of trade secret protection could make it
easier for third parties to compete with our products by copying functionality. In addition, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the trade secret
and  employment  laws  in  any  jurisdiction  in  which  we  operate  may  compromise  our  ability  to  enforce  our  intellectual  property  rights.  Costly  and  time-
consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection
could adversely affect our competitive business position.

We  also  rely  on  patents  to  protect  certain  aspects  of  our  proprietary  technology  in  the  United  States. The  process  of  obtaining  patent  protection  is
expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner.
We  may  choose  not  to  seek  patent  protection  for  certain  innovations  and  may  choose  not  to  pursue  patent  protection  in  certain  jurisdictions.  Further,  we
cannot guarantee that any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or that any patents that do issue from such applications will
have adequate scope to provide us with a competitive advantage. There is no assurance that all potentially relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent
applications has been found. To the extent that additional patents are issued from our patent applications, which is not certain, third parties may challenge
their  validity,  enforceability  or  scope,  which  may  result  in  such  patents  being  narrowed  or  invalidated.  If  third  parties  have  prepared  and  filed  patent
applications in the United States that also claim technology to which we have rights, we may have to participate in interference proceedings in the United

28

 
 
 
 
 
States Patent and Trademark Office to determine priority of invention for patent applications filed before March 16, 2013, or in derivation proceedings to
determine inventorship for patent applications filed after such date. In addition, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a
patent  is  generally  20  years  after  its  effective  filing  date.  Even  if  patents  covering  our  products  are  obtained  by  us  or  by  our  licensors,  once  such  patents
expire, we may be vulnerable to competition from similar products. Moreover, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with adequate
protection or competitive advantages, and, as with any technology, competitors may be able to develop similar or superior technologies to our own now or in
the future.

Despite  our  efforts,  the  steps  we  have  taken  to  protect  our  proprietary  rights  may  not  be  adequate  to  preclude  misappropriation  of  our  proprietary
information or infringement of our intellectual property rights, and our ability to police such misappropriation or infringement is uncertain, particularly in
countries outside of the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained or are unable to adequately enforce
intellectual property protection to develop their own products. We are also restricted from asserting our intellectual property rights against certain customers
under our contracts with them.

Detecting and protecting against the unauthorized use of our products, technology and proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases,
impossible.  Litigation  may  be  necessary  in  the  future  to  enforce  or  defend  our  intellectual  property  rights,  to  protect  our  trade  secrets  or  to  determine  the
validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which
could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and there is no guarantee that we would be successful.
Furthermore,  many  of  our  current  and  potential  competitors  have  the  ability  to  dedicate  substantially  greater  resources  to  protecting  their  technology  or
intellectual property rights than we do. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating
our intellectual property, which could result in a substantial loss of our market share. Even if we did succeed in enforcing our intellectual property through
litigation, this may be costly and divert management resources.

Finally, certain of our license agreements with our third-party licensors provide for joint ownership of developments or inventions that we create that
are related to the subject matter of the license. Other agreements to which we are subject, including member agreements with standards bodies and research
and development consortia, may require us to disclose and/or grant licenses to technology that is related to the subject matter of the standards body or the
consortium and included in our contributions to specifications established by these bodies. These agreements could result in third parties having ownership or
license rights to important intellectual property that we otherwise may have elected to maintain exclusive ownership of.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our
business may be adversely affected.

We  have  not  applied  for  trademark  registration  for  our  name  and  logo  in  all  geographic  markets.  In  those  markets  where  we  have  applied  for
trademark  registration,  failure  to  secure  those  registrations  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  enforce  and  defend  our  trademark  rights  and  result  in
indemnification claims. Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names, as well as the registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names used by
our resellers or distributors associated with our products, may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on
other marks. Any claim of infringement by a third party, even those claims without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against such
claim, could divert management attention from our business and could require us to cease use of such intellectual property in certain geographic markets.
Over the long term, if we, or our resellers or distributors, are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then our business
may be adversely affected.

Assertions by third parties of infringement or other violations by us of their intellectual property rights, or other lawsuits asserted against us, could result
in significant costs and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Patent  and  other  intellectual  property  disputes  are  common  in  the  broadband  infrastructure  industry  and  have  resulted  in  protracted  and  expensive
litigation for many companies. Many companies in the broadband infrastructure industry, including our competitors and other third parties, as well as non-
practicing  entities,  own  large  numbers  of  patents,  copyrights,  trademarks  and  trade  secrets,  which  they  may  use  to  assert  claims  of  patent  infringement,
misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights against us. From time to time, they have or may in the future also assert such claims against
our customers whom we typically indemnify against claims that our products infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of
third parties.

29

As the number of products and competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur, claims of infringement, misappropriation and other violations
of intellectual property rights may increase. Any claim of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights by a third party,
even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim, distract our management from our business and require us to
cease use of such intellectual property, which may impact important elements of our business. In addition, some claims for patent infringement may relate to
subcomponents that we purchase from third parties. If these third parties are unable or unwilling to indemnify us for these claims, we could be substantially
harmed.

The patent portfolios of most of our competitors are larger than ours. This disparity may increase the risk that our competitors may sue us for patent
infringement and may limit our ability to counterclaim for patent infringement or settle through patent cross-licenses. In addition, future assertions of patent
rights  by  third  parties,  and  any  resulting  litigation,  may  involve  patent  holding  companies  or  other  adverse  patent  owners  who  have  no  relevant  product
revenue and against whom our own patents may therefore provide little or no deterrence or protection. We cannot guarantee that we are not infringing or
otherwise violating any third-party intellectual property rights.

The third-party asserters of intellectual property claims may be unreasonable in their demands, or may simply refuse to settle, which could lead to
expensive settlement payments, prolonged periods of litigation and related expenses, additional burdens on employees or other resources, distraction from our
business, supply stoppages and lost sales. Moreover, in recent years, individuals and groups that are non-practicing entities, commonly referred to as “patent
trolls,” have purchased patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement in order to extract settlements. In the
past, we have received threatening letters or notices and have been the subject of claims that our solutions and underlying technology infringe or violate the
intellectual  property  rights  of  others.  Responding  to  such  claims,  regardless  of  their  merit,  can  be  time-consuming,  costly  to  defend  in  litigation,  divert
management’s attention and resources, damage our reputation and brand, and cause us to incur significant expenses.

An adverse outcome of a dispute may require us to pay substantial damages including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed a
third  party’s  patents;  cease  making,  licensing  or  using  solutions  that  are  alleged  to  infringe  or  misappropriate  the  intellectual  property  of  others;  expend
additional  development  resources  to  attempt  to  redesign  our  products  or  services  or  otherwise  to  develop  non-infringing  technology,  which  may  not  be
successful; enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies or intellectual property
rights; and indemnify our partners and other third parties. Any damages or royalty obligations we may become subject to as a result of an adverse outcome,
and any third-party indemnity we may need to provide, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Royalty or licensing agreements, if required or desirable, may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and may require significant royalty payments
and  other  expenditures.  Further,  there  is  little  or  no  information  publicly  available  concerning  market  or  fair  values  for  license  fees,  which  can  lead  to
overpayment  of  license  or  settlement  fees.  In  addition,  some  licenses  may  be  non-exclusive,  and  therefore  our  competitors  may  have  access  to  the  same
technology licensed to us. Suppliers subject to third-party intellectual property claims also may choose or be forced to discontinue or alter their arrangements
with us, with little or no advance notice to us. Any of these events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and
prospects.

Litigation could distract management, increase our expenses or subject us to material money damages and other remedies.

We are subject to four putative class action lawsuits alleging federal securities law violations in connection with our initial public offering and our
subsequent follow-on offering, and may be involved from time to time in various additional legal proceedings, including, but not limited to, actions relating to
breach of contract or intellectual property infringement that might necessitate changes to our business or operations. Regardless of whether any claims against
us have merit, or whether we are ultimately held liable or subject to payment of damages, claims may be expensive to defend and may divert management's
time away from our operations. If any legal proceedings were to result in an unfavorable outcome, it could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial position and results of operations. Any adverse publicity resulting from actual or potential litigation may also materially and adversely affect our
reputation, which in turn could adversely affect our results.

30

Unavailability, termination or breach of licenses to third-party software and other intellectual property could materially harm our business.

Many of our products and services include software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties, and we otherwise use software and other
intellectual property licensed from third parties in our business. We exercise no control over our third-party licensors, and the failure or unsuitability of their
software or other intellectual property exposes us to risks that we will have little ability to control. For example, a licensor may have difficulties keeping up
with technological changes or may stop supporting the software or other intellectual property that it licenses to us; our licensors may also have the ability to
terminate our licenses if the licensed technology becomes the subject of a claim of intellectual property infringement. Also, it will be necessary in the future
to renew licenses, expand the scope of existing licenses or seek new licenses, relating to various aspects of these products and services or otherwise relating to
our business, which may result in increased license fees. Any new licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, a third party may
assert that we or our customers are in breach of the terms of a license, which could, among other things, give such third party the right to terminate a license
or  seek  damages  from  us,  or  both.  The  inability  to  obtain  or  maintain  certain  licenses  or  other  rights  or  to  obtain  or  maintain  such  licenses  or  rights  on
favorable terms, or the need to engage in litigation regarding these matters, could result in delays in releases of products and services and could otherwise
disrupt our business, until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed or developed, if at all, and integrated into our products and services or otherwise
in the conduct of our business. Moreover, the inclusion in our products and services of software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties on a
nonexclusive basis may limit our ability to differentiate our products from those of our competitors. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our products contain third-party open source software components, and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses
could restrict our ability to sell our products.

Our  products  contain  software  modules  licensed  to  us  by  third-party  authors  under  “open  source”  licenses.  Use  and  distribution  of  open  source
software  may  entail  greater  risks  than  use  of  third-party  commercial  software,  as  open  source  licensors  generally  do  not  provide  warranties  or  other
contractual  protections  regarding  infringement  claims  or  the  quality  of  the  code.  Some  open  source  licenses  contain  requirements  that  we  make  available
source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software that we use. If we combine our software with open
source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release portions of the source code of our software to the
public. This would allow our competitors to create similar products with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of product
sales for us.

Although we monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our products to undesirable conditions, we do not have a formal open source
policy  in  place  that  gives  our  developers  written  guidance  on  what  open  source  licenses  we  deem  “safe.”  Further,  even  where  we  believe  an  open  source
license  may  have  acceptable  conditions,  the  terms  of  many  open  source  licenses  have  not  been  interpreted  by  U.S.  courts,  and  these  licenses  could  be
construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. Moreover, we cannot assure you
that our informal processes for controlling our use of open source software in our products will be effective or that our compliance with open source licenses,
including  notice  and  attribution  requirements,  are  adequate.  If  we  are  held  to  have  breached  the  terms  of  an  open  source  software  license,  we  could  be
required  to  seek  licenses  from  third  parties  to  continue  offering  our  products  on  terms  that  are  not  economically  feasible,  to  re-engineer  our  products,  to
discontinue the sale of our products if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely or commercially reasonable basis or to make generally available,
in  source  code  form,  our  proprietary  code.  We  also  could  face  infringement  claims.  Any  of  the  foregoing  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our failure to adequately protect personal data and to comply with related laws and regulations could result in material liability.

A  wide  variety  of  provincial,  state,  national,  foreign,  and  international  laws  and  regulations  apply  to  the  collection,  use,  retention,  protection,
disclosure,  transfer  (including  across  national  boundaries),  and  other  processing  of  personal  data.  These  data  protection  and  privacy-related  laws  and
regulations are evolving and being tested in courts and may result in ever-increasing regulatory and public scrutiny and escalating levels of enforcement and
sanctions.

Any failure by us to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or to protect such data, could result in enforcement action against us, including
fines,  imprisonment  of  company  officials,  public  censure,  claims  for  damages  by  end  customers  and  other  affected  persons  and  entities,  damage  to  our
reputation  and  loss  of  goodwill,  and  other  forms  of  injunctive  or  operations-limiting  relief,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
operations, financial performance, and business.

31

Definitions  of  personal  data  and  personal  information,  and  requirements  relating  to  the  same  under  applicable  laws  and  regulations  within  the
European Union, the United States, Australia, and elsewhere, change frequently and are subject to new and different interpretations by courts and regulators.
Because the interpretation and application of laws and other obligations relating to privacy and data protection are uncertain, it is possible that existing or
future laws, regulations, and other obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our data management practices. We may be
required  to  expend  significant  resources  to  modify  our  products  and  otherwise  adapt  to  these  changes,  which  we  may  be  unable  to  do  on  commercially
reasonable  terms  or  at  all,  and  our  ability  to  develop  new  products  and  features  could  be  limited.  These  developments  could  harm  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations. Even if not subject to legal challenge, the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may harm our reputation
and inhibit adoption of our products by current and prospective customers.

Failure to comply with governmental laws and regulations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and
prospects.

Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring
and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety, product safety, environmental laws, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery laws, import/export
controls, foreign investment, federal securities laws and tax laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more stringent
than  those  in  the  United  States.  From  time  to  time,  we  may  receive  inquiries  from  such  governmental  agencies  or  we  may  make  voluntary  disclosures
regarding our compliance with applicable governmental regulations or requirements. Noncompliance with applicable government regulations or requirements
could  subject  us  to  sanctions,  mandatory  product  recalls,  enforcement  actions,  disgorgement  of  profits,  fines,  damages,  civil  and  criminal  penalties  or
injunctions. If any governmental sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, financial condition,
results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of
management’s attention and resources and an increase in professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could materially adversely affect our business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may invest in or acquire other businesses, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and
adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

As part of our growth strategy, we may make investments in or acquire complementary companies, products or technologies. For example, on July 1,
2019, we announced that we closed the acquisition of NetComm Wireless Limited in Australia for cash consideration of AUD $162.0 million (USD $112.7
million, based on an exchange rate of USD $0.700 per AUD $1.00 on July 1, 2019). We do not have significant experience in making investments in other
companies  nor  have  we  made  a  significant  number  of  acquisitions  to  date,  and  as  a  result,  our  ability  as  an  organization  to  evaluate  and/or  complete
investments or acquire and integrate other companies, products or technologies in a successful manner is unproven. We may not be able to find suitable future
investment or acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such investments or acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. Our acquisition of
NetComm Wireless Limited may not achieve the objectives we have outlined for our stockholders or strengthen our competitive position. If we complete
additional investments or acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any investments or acquisitions
we complete could be viewed negatively by our customers, investors and securities analysts.

In addition, current and future investments and acquisitions may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. For example, if we are
unsuccessful  at  integrating  any  acquisitions  or  retaining  key  talent  from  those  acquisitions,  or  the  technologies  associated  with  such  acquisitions,  into  our
company,  the  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  prospects  of  the  combined  company  could  be  materially  adversely  affected.  Any
integration process may require significant time and resources, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully. We may not successfully evaluate
or utilize the acquired technology or personnel or accurately forecast the financial effects of an acquisition transaction, including accounting charges. We may
have  to  pay  cash,  incur  debt  or  issue  equity  securities  to  pay  for  any  such  investment  or  acquisition,  each  of  which  could  adversely  affect  our  financial
condition or the market price of our common stock. The sale of equity or issuance of debt to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our
stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would
impede our ability to manage our operations. Moreover, if the investment or acquisition becomes impaired, we may be required to take an impairment charge,
which could adversely affect our financial condition or the market price of our common stock.

32

Our international operations may give rise to potentially adverse tax consequences.

We  are  expanding  our  international  operations  and  staff  to  better  support  our  growth  into  the  international  markets.  We  generally  conduct  our
international  operations  through  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  and  report  our  taxable  income  in  various  jurisdictions  worldwide  based  upon  our  business
operations in those jurisdictions. Our corporate structure and associated transfer pricing policies contemplate the business flows and future growth into the
international markets, and consider the functions, risks and assets of the various entities involved in the intercompany transactions. The amount of taxes we
pay in different jurisdictions will depend to a significant degree on the application of the tax laws of the various jurisdictions to our international business
activities, changes in tax rates, new or revised tax laws or interpretations of existing tax laws and policies and our ability to operate our business in a manner
consistent with our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements, any or all of which could result in additional tax liabilities or increases in, or in the
volatility of, our effective tax rate.

The  taxing  authorities  of  the  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate  may  challenge  our  methodologies  for  pricing  intercompany  transactions,  which  are
required  to  be  computed  on  an  arm’s-length  basis  pursuant  to  the  intercompany  arrangements  or  disagree  with  our  determinations  as  to  the  income  and
expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. If such a challenge or disagreement were to occur, and our position was not sustained, we could be required to
pay  additional  taxes,  interest  and  penalties,  which  could  result  in  one-time  tax  charges,  higher  effective  tax  rates,  reduced  cash  flows  and  lower  overall
profitability  of  our  operations;  in  addition,  it  is  uncertain  whether  any  such  adverse  effects  could  be  mitigated  by  corresponding  adjustments  in  other
jurisdictions with respect to the items affected. Our financial statements could fail to reflect adequate reserves to cover such a contingency.

Further changes in the tax laws of foreign jurisdictions could arise, including as a result of the base erosion and profit shifting project undertaken by
the  Organization  for  Economic  Co-operation  and  Development,  or  the  OECD.  The  OECD,  which  represents  a  coalition  of  member  countries,  has  issued
recommendations that, in some cases, make substantial changes to numerous long-standing tax positions and principles; many of these changes have been
adopted or are under active consideration by OECD members and/or other countries.

Portions of our operations are subject to a reduced tax rate under various tax holidays and rulings. We also utilize tax rulings and other agreements to
obtain certainty in treatment of certain tax matters. These tax holidays and rulings expire in whole or in part from time to time and may be extended when
certain conditions are met or terminated if certain conditions are not met. The impact of any changes in conditions would be the loss of certainty in treatment
thus potentially impacting our effective income tax rate.

Recent changes to the U.S. tax laws impact the tax treatment of foreign earnings by, among other things, creating limits on the ability of taxpayers to
claim and utilize foreign tax credits, imposing minimum effective rates of current tax on certain classes of foreign income, and imposing additional taxes in
connection with specified payments to related foreign recipients, among other items. While some of these changes may be adverse on a going forward basis,
others may provide benefits that may be applicable to us. Due to our existing international business activities, which we anticipate expanding, any additional
guidance such as U.S Treasury regulations and administrative interpretations may increase our worldwide effective tax rate and adversely affect our financial
condition and operating results.

We  are  also  subject  to  the  examination  of  our  tax  returns  by  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service,  or  IRS,  and  other  tax  authorities.  The  final
determination of tax audits and any related disputes could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals and could have an
adverse effect on our financial statements for the period or periods for which the applicable final determinations are made.

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use, value added or similar taxes, and we
could be subject to liability with respect to past or future sales, which could adversely affect our operating results.

We do not collect sales and use, value added or similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, and we have been advised that such taxes are
not applicable to our products and services in certain jurisdictions. Sales and use, value added, and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly by jurisdiction.
Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and
interest, to us or our end-customers for the past amounts, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. If we are unsuccessful in collecting such
taxes  from  our  end-customers,  we  could  be  held  liable  for  such  costs.  Such  tax  assessments,  penalties  and  interest,  or  future  requirements  may  adversely
affect our operating results.

33

If we needed to raise additional capital to expand our operations and invest in new products, our failure to do so on favorable terms could reduce our
ability to compete and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. However, if
we need to raise additional funds to expand our operations and invest in new products, we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on
favorable terms, if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests, and the
market price of our common stock could decline.

Our  business  is  subject  to  the  risks  of  fire,  power  outages,  floods  and  other  catastrophic  events  and  to  interruption  by  manmade  problems  such  as
terrorism.

Our corporate headquarters and the operations of our key manufacturing vendors, as well as many of our customers, are located in areas exposed to
risks of natural disasters such as fires and floods.  A significant natural disaster, such as a fire, flood or other catastrophic events such as a disease outbreak,
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  or  their  business,  which  could  in  turn  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of
operations and prospects. For example, as a result of travel restrictions and the extension of the lunar new year holidays due to the recent outbreak of a novel
strain of coronavirus originating in Wuhan, China, certain of our inventory shipments from China may be delayed. In the event our manufacturing or logistics
abilities are hindered by any of the events discussed above, shipments could be delayed, which could result in missed financial targets, such as revenue and
shipment targets, for a particular quarter. Further, if a natural disaster occurs in a region from which we derive a significant portion of our revenue, customers
in that region may delay or forego purchases of our products, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations
and  prospects.  In  addition,  acts  of  terrorism  could  cause  disruptions  in  our  business  or  the  business  of  our  manufacturers,  logistics  providers,  partners  or
customers or the economy as a whole. All of the aforementioned risks may be compounded if our disaster recovery plans and those of our manufacturers,
logistics providers or partners prove to be inadequate. To the extent that any of the above results in delays or cancellations of customer orders, or delays in the
manufacture, deployment or shipment of our products, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be adversely affected.

The coronavirus outbreak could negatively impact our international operations.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus has been reported in China and other countries. We, and certain of our suppliers and sub-suppliers,
have  significant  operations  in  China  and  Asia  and  may  experience  business  disruptions  as  a  result  of  the  coronavirus  outbreak.  The  extent  to  which  the
coronavirus impacts our results will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted, including new information
which may emerge concerning the severity of the coronavirus and the actions required to contain the coronavirus or remedy its impact, among others.

Regulations affecting broadband infrastructure could reduce demand for our products.

Laws and regulations governing the Internet and electronic commerce are emerging but remain largely unsettled, even in the areas where there has
been some legislative action. Regulations may focus on, among other things, assessing access or settlement charges, or imposing tariffs or regulations based
on  the  characteristics  and  quality  of  products,  either  of  which  could  restrict  our  business  or  increase  our  cost  of  doing  business.  Government  regulatory
policies are likely to continue to have a major impact on the pricing of existing and new network services and, therefore, are expected to affect demand for
those services and the communications products, including our products, supporting those services.

Any changes to existing laws or the adoption of new regulations by federal or state regulatory authorities or any legal challenges to existing laws or
regulations affecting IP networks could materially adversely affect the market for our products. Moreover, customers may require us, or we may otherwise
deem it necessary or advisable, to alter our products to address actual or anticipated changes in the regulatory environment. Our inability to alter our products
or address any regulatory changes could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

34

We  have  outstanding  debt  that  could  limit  our  ability  to  make  expenditures  and  investments  in  the  conduct  of  our  business  and  adversely  impact  our
ability to obtain future financing.

We have outstanding debt. We may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay when due the principal of, interest on or other amounts due in respect
of our indebtedness. We may be required to dedicate significant cash flows from operations to make such payments, which could limit our ability to make
other expenditures and investments in the conduct of our business. Our indebtedness may also reduce our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in
our business and market conditions. Our indebtedness also exposes us to interest rate risk, since our debt obligations generally bear interest at variable rates.
In addition, we may incur additional indebtedness in the future to meet future financing needs. If we add new debt, the risks described above could increase.

The elimination of LIBOR could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

In  July  2017,  the  head  of  the  United  Kingdom  Financial  Conduct  Authority  announced  plans  to  phase  out  the  use  of  LIBOR  by  the  end  of  2021.
Although  the  impact  is  uncertain  at  this  time,  the  elimination  of  LIBOR  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  results  of  operations,  or  financial
condition.    We  may  incur  significant  expenses  to  amend  our  LIBOR-indexed  loans,  derivatives,  and  other  applicable  financial  or  contractual  obligations,
including our credit facilities, to a new reference rate, which may differ significantly from LIBOR.  Accordingly, the use of an alternative rate could result in
increased  costs,  including  increased  interest  expense  on  our  credit  facilities,  and  increased  borrowing  and  hedging  costs  in  the  future.  Additionally,  the
elimination of LIBOR may adversely impact the value of and the expected return on our existing derivatives. At this time, no consensus exists as to what rate
or rates may become acceptable alternatives to LIBOR and we are unable to predict the effect of any such alternatives on our business, results of operations or
financial condition.

Our credit facility contains restrictive and financial covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

Our  credit  facility  contains  certain  restrictive  covenants  that  either  limit  our  ability  to,  or  require  a  mandatory  prepayment  in  the  event  we,  incur
additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of
business,  change  business  locations,  make  certain  investments,  make  any  payments  on  any  subordinated  debt,  transfer  or  dispose  of  assets,  amend  certain
material agreements, and enter into various specified transactions. We, therefore, may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we
obtain the consent of our lenders or prepay the outstanding amount under the credit facility. In addition to certain financial reporting requirements, the credit
facility also contains a net leverage ratio covenant that may significantly reduce our available borrowings under such facilities. As of December 31, 2019, we
were in default of the net leverage ratio covenant. Our obligations under the credit facility are secured by substantially all of our assets, excluding intellectual
property  and  certain  investments  in  foreign  subsidiaries.  Furthermore,  our  future  working  capital,  borrowings  or  equity  financing  could  be  unavailable  to
repay or refinance the amounts outstanding under the credit facility. In the event of a liquidation, our lenders would be repaid all outstanding principal and
interest prior to distribution of assets to unsecured creditors, and the holders of our common stock would receive a portion of any liquidation proceeds only if
all of our creditors, including our lenders, were first repaid in full.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our  results  of  operations  are  likely  to  vary  significantly  from  period  to  period  and  be  unpredictable.  If  we  fail  to  meet  the  expectations  of  analysts  or
investors, the market price of our common stock could decline substantially.

Our results of operations have historically varied from period to period, and we expect that this trend will continue. As a result, you should not rely
upon our past financial results for any period as indicators of future performance. Our results of operations in any given period can be influenced by a number
of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including the factors described above as well as:

•

•

•

•

changes in our pricing policies, whether initiated by us or as a result of competition;

the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the operation and expansion of our business;

changes in the growth rate of the broadband services market;

the  actual  or  rumored  timing  and  success  of  new  product  and  service  introductions  by  us  or  our  competitors  or  any  other  change  in  the
competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or customers;

35

 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to successfully expand our business geographically;

insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our customers, which could adversely affect their ability to purchase or pay for our products and
services, or confronting our key suppliers, including our sole source suppliers, which could disrupt our supply chain;

our inability to fulfill our customers’ orders due to supply chain delays, access to key commodities or technologies or events that impact our
manufacturers or their suppliers;

the  cost  and  possible  outcomes  of  any  legal  actions  or  proceedings  against  us,  including  those  described  under  “Part  I,  Item  3  –  Legal
Proceedings”;

our overall effective tax rate, including impacts caused by any changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and any new legislation or
regulatory developments;

increases or decreases in our expenses caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

general economic conditions, both domestically and in foreign markets.

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of several of the factors described above may result in significant fluctuations in our financial
and other results of operations. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failure to meet expectations of securities analysts or investors for a
particular  period.  If  we  fail  to  meet  or  exceed  such  expectations  for  these  or  any  other  reasons,  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  could  decline
substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits, such as those described in “Part I, Item 3 – Legal Proceedings.”

An active trading market for our common stock may not be sustained.

Our  common  stock  began  trading  on  the  Nasdaq  Global  Select  Market  on  December  15,  2017.    Given  the  limited  trading  history  of  our  common
stock,  there  is  a  risk  that  an  active  trading  market  for  our  shares  may  not  be  sustained,  which  could  put  downward  pressure  on  the  market  price  of  our
common stock and thereby affect the ability of our stockholders to sell their shares at attractive prices, at the times that they would like to sell them, or at all.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors.

The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  could  be  subject  to  significant  fluctuations.  Some  of  the  factors  that  may  cause  the  market  price  of  our

common stock to fluctuate include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

actual or anticipated changes in our earnings or fluctuations in our results of operations or in the expectations of securities analysts;

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

volatility in the market price and trading volume of comparable companies;

announcements of technological innovations, new products, strategic alliances, or significant agreements by us or by competitive vendors;

announcements by our customers regarding significant increases or decreases in capital expenditures;

departure of key personnel;

litigation involving us or that may be perceived as having an impact on our business;

changes in general economic, industry and market conditions and trends;

investors’ general perception of us;

the  cost  and  possible  outcomes  of  any  legal  actions  or  proceedings  against  us,  including  those  described  under  “Part  I,  Item  3  –  Legal
Proceedings”;

sales of large blocks of our stock; and

announcements regarding further industry consolidation.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  the  past,  following  periods  of  volatility  in  the  market  price  of  a  company’s  securities,  securities  class  action  litigation  has  often  been  brought
against that company. As described in “Part  I,  Item  3  –  Legal  Proceedings,”  we  and  certain  of  our  current  and  former  executive  officers  and  current  and
former members of our board of directors have been named as defendants in several putative class action lawsuits. Because of the potential volatility of our
stock  price,  we  may  become  the  target  of  additional  securities  litigation  in  the  future.  Securities  litigation  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and  divert
management’s attention and resources from our business.

We have broad discretion in the use of our cash reserves and may not use them effectively.

Subject to restrictions in the agreements governing our indebtedness, our management has broad discretion to use our cash reserves and could use our
cash reserves in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock.  The failure by our management to apply these
funds effectively could adversely affect our ability to operate and grow our business.  Pending their use, we may invest our cash reserves in a manner that
does not produce income or that loses value.

If securities or industry analysts cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they publish negative evaluations of our
stock or the stock of other companies in our industry, the price of our stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our
business, our market or our competitors. If one or more of the industry analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock or the stock of
other companies in our industry, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the
market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Because we do not expect to declare any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, investors in our common stock may never receive a
return on their investment.

Although  we  declared  special  dividends  on  five  occasions  prior  to  our  initial  public  offering,  we  do  not  anticipate  that  we  will  declare  any  cash
dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future, and investors should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend
income. Instead, we plan to retain any earnings to maintain and expand our existing operations. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common
stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any return on their investment. As a result, investors seeking cash dividends
should not purchase our common stock.

Any  future  determination  to  declare  dividends  will  be  made  at  the  discretion  of  our  board  of  directors  and  will  depend  on  a  number  of  factors,
including future earnings, capital requirements, financial conditions, future prospects, contractual restrictions and covenants and other factors that our board
of directors may deem relevant. Our credit facility contains covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock.

Insiders have substantial control over us, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

As  of  January  31,  2020,  our  directors,  executive  officers  and  10%  stockholders  beneficially  owned,  in  the  aggregate,  approximately  62.6%  of  our
outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders could have significant influence over the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for
approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and over the management and affairs
of our company. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company and might affect the
market price of our common stock.

37

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the public market at any time, which could cause the market price of our common
stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the market perception that

the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock.

In addition to our outstanding common stock, as of January 31, 2020, there were 8,082,879 shares subject to outstanding options, 1,281,720 shares
subject  to  outstanding  restricted  stock  unit  awards,  or  RSUs,  and  an  additional  10,927,442  shares  reserved  for  future  issuance  under  our  equity  incentive
plans. Because we have registered most shares of common stock that may be issued under our equity incentive plans pursuant to a Registration Statement on
Form S-8, any such registered shares that we issue can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the restrictions imposed on our affiliates
under Rule 144.

Moreover, holders of an aggregate of approximately 37,129,787 shares of our common stock as of January 31, 2020, have rights, subject to certain
conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves
or other stockholders. Upon registration, such shares would be able to be freely sold in the public market.

Anti-takeover provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, might
discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common
stock.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent
a  merger,  acquisition  or  other  change  in  control  that  stockholders  may  consider  favorable,  including  transactions  in  which  you  might  otherwise  receive  a
premium  for  your  shares  of  our  common  stock.  These  provisions  may  also  prevent  or  delay  attempts  by  our  stockholders  to  replace  or  remove  our
management. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:

•

•

•

•

•

•

establishing a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;

providing that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause and only with a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the issued and
outstanding shares of common stock;

limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a
meeting;

requiring  advance  notice  of  stockholder  proposals  for  business  to  be  conducted  at  meetings  of  our  stockholders  and  for  nominations  of
candidates for election to our board of directors;

authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common
stock; and

limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers.

As  a  Delaware  corporation,  we  are  also  subject  to  provisions  of  Delaware  law,  including  Section  203  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,
which limits the ability of stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in certain business combinations with us.
Any  provision  of  our  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  or  amended  and  restated  bylaws  or  Delaware  law  that  has  the  effect  of  delaying  or  deterring  a
change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price
that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

The  existence  of  the  foregoing  provisions  and  anti-takeover  measures  could  limit  the  price  that  investors  might  be  willing  to  pay  in  the  future  for
shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for
your common stock in an acquisition.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all
disputes between us and our stockholders. Our restated certificate of incorporation further provides that the federal district courts of the United States are
the  sole  and  exclusive  forum  for  the  resolution  of  any  complaint  asserting  a  cause  of  action  arising  under  the  Securities  Act.  These  choice  of  forum
provisions could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a more favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action
or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware
General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs
doctrine. We do not intend to have this choice of forum provision apply to, and this choice of forum provision will not apply to, actions arising under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

Our restated certificate of incorporation further provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district
courts of the United States shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of
action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. On December 19, 2018, the Delaware Court of Chancery, in Sciabacucchi
v. Salzberg, et al., C.A. No. 2017-0931-JTL (Del. Ch. Dec. 19, 2018), held that such federal forum selection provisions are invalid under Delaware law, and
such decision is currently on appeal.

These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or
our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a
court were to find the choice of forum provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur
additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results
of operations and prospects.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock
less attractive to investors.

We  are  an  “emerging  growth  company,”  as  defined  in  the  Jumpstart  Our  Business  Startups  Act  of  2012,  or  the  JOBS  Act,  and  may  remain  an
emerging growth company until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, subject to specified conditions. For
so  long  as  we  remain  an  emerging  growth  company,  we  are  permitted,  and  intend,  to  rely  on  exemptions  from  certain  disclosure  requirements  that  are
applicable  to  other  public  companies  that  are  not  emerging  growth  companies.  These  exemptions  include  being  permitted  to  provide  reduced  disclosure
regarding  executive  compensation  and  exemptions  from  the  requirements  to  hold  non-binding  advisory  votes  on  executive  compensation  and  golden
parachute payments, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 related to our
internal control over financial reporting, and not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting
Oversight  Board  regarding  a  supplement  to  the  auditor’s  report  providing  additional  information  about  the  audit  and  the  financial  statements.  We  cannot
predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive
as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Further,  Section  102(b)(1)  of  the  JOBS  Act  exempts  emerging  growth  companies  from  being  required  to  comply  with  new  or  revised  financial
accounting standards until private companies (that is, companies that have not filed a pending registration statement under the Securities Act, had a Securities
Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act are required to comply with the new or
revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the
requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies, but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended
transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised, and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we will adopt
the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard, provided that we continue to be an emerging growth company.
This may make comparison of our financial statements with the financial statements of another public company that is not an emerging growth company, or
an  emerging  growth  company  that  has  opted  out  of  using  the  extended  transition  period,  difficult  or  impossible  because  of  the  potential  differences  in
accounting standards used.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, which is
December 31, 2021 or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have
more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, we have more than $700 million in market value of our stock held by non-affiliates, or we issue more than $1
billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period.

39

We are subject to new U.S. foreign investment regulations which may impose additional burdens on or may limit certain investors’ ability to purchase our
common stock, potentially making our common stock less attractive to investors.

In  October  2018,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Treasury  announced  a  pilot  program  to  implement  part  of  the  Foreign  Investment  Risk  Review
Modernization Act, or FIRRMA, effective November 10, 2018.  The pilot program expands the jurisdiction of the Committee on Foreign Investment in the
United States, or CFIUS, to include certain direct or indirect foreign investments in a defined category of U.S. companies, including companies involved in
manufacturing communications equipment.  Among other things, FIRRMA empowers CFIUS to require certain foreign investors to make mandatory filings
and permits CFIUS to charge filing fees related to such filings.  Such filings are subject to review by CFIUS.  Any such restrictions on the ability to purchase
shares of our common stock that have the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a
premium for their shares of our common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors and
complying  with  the  increasingly  complex  laws  pertaining  to  public  companies.  Our  management  team  may  not  successfully  or  efficiently  manage  our
transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the scrutiny of
securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our management team and could divert their
attention  away  from  the  day-to-day  management  of  our  business,  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of
operations and prospects.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified
board members.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and
other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs, made
some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly, and increased demand on our systems and resources, and will continue to do so, particularly after we
are no longer an emerging growth company. Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to
our business and results of operations and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We will continue
to require significant resources and management oversight in order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal
control over financial reporting to meet this standard. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm
our business and results of operations. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire even
more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses. We are required to conduct annual evaluations of the effectiveness of our internal
control  over  financial  reporting,  including  to  identify  and  remediate  any  deficiencies  in  those  internal  controls.  We  may  not  be  able  to  complete  our
evaluation,  testing  and  any  required  remediation  in  a  timely  fashion.  During  the  evaluation  and  testing  process,  if  we  identify  one  or  more  material
weaknesses  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  we  are  unable  to  remediate  before  the  end  of  the  same  fiscal  year  in  which  the  material
weakness is identified, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial
reporting is effective in any future reporting period, or if our auditors are unable to attest to management’s report on the effectiveness of our internal controls,
which  will  be  required  after  we  are  no  longer  an  emerging  growth  company,  we  could  lose  investor  confidence  in  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  our
financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline..

In  addition,  changing  laws,  regulations  and  standards  relating  to  corporate  governance  and  public  disclosure  are  increasing  legal  and  financial
compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. We have invested and will continue to invest resources to comply with evolving laws,
regulations and standards, and this investment has resulted and may continue to result in increased selling, general and administrative expense and a diversion
of  management’s  time  and  attention  from  revenue-generating  activities  to  compliance  activities.  If  our  efforts  to  comply  with  new  laws,  regulations  and
standards  differ  from  the  activities  intended  by  regulatory  or  governing  bodies,  regulatory  authorities  may  initiate  legal  proceedings  against  us  and  our
business may be harmed.

As  a  result  of  being  a  public  company,  it  is  more  expensive  for  us  to  obtain  director  and  officer  liability  insurance,  and  in  the  future  we  may  be
required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and
retain qualified members of our board of directors and qualified executive officers.

40

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in Andover, Massachusetts and consists of approximately 122,000 square feet of space. We own the property
constituting our corporate headquarters, subject to an $8.0 million mortgage loan. The annual interest rate on the loan is 3.5%, and the loan is repayable in 60
monthly installments of principal and interest based on a 20-year amortization schedule. The remaining amount of unpaid principal under the loan is due on
the maturity date of July 1, 2020. The loan terms include annual affirmative, negative and financial covenants, including a requirement that we maintain a
minimum debt service ratio. We were in compliance with all annual covenants of the mortgage loan as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019,
outstanding borrowings under the mortgage loan were $6.6 million.

We  lease  additional  facilities  in  Lawrence,  Massachusetts  and  Limerick,  Ireland  that  we  use  for  manufacturing,  testing,  logistics,  and  customer
support,  a  facility  in  Salem,  New  Hampshire  that  we  use  for  logistics,  facilities  in  Guangzhou,  China,  that  we  use  for  manufacturing,  testing,  logistics,
research and development and technical support, facilities in Sydney and Melbourne, Australia that we use for logistics, customer support and research and
development and facilities in Valencia, Spain, Pak Shek Kok, Hong Kong, Shenzhen and Hefei, China and Sunrise, Florida that we use primarily for research
and development.

We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our current needs. We anticipate expanding our facilities as we add employees and enter
new  geographic  markets.  We  believe  that  suitable  additional  or  alternative  space  will  be  available  on  acceptable  terms  as  needed  to  accommodate  future
growth.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

From  time  to  time,  we  are  a  party  to  various  litigation  matters  and  subject  to  claims  that  arise  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  including,  for
example,  patent  infringement  lawsuits  by  non-practicing  entities.    In  addition,  third  parties  may  from  time  to  time  assert  claims  against  us  in  the  form  of
letters and other communications.

On May 29, 2019 and July 3, 2019, two putative class action lawsuits, Shen v. Chen et al. and Baig v. Chen et al., were filed in the Massachusetts
Superior Court against us, certain of our current and former executive officers and directors, Summit Partners, our largest investor, and the underwriters from
our  December  15,  2017  initial  public  offering,  which  we  refer  to  as  our  IPO.   These  complaints  purport  to  be  brought  on  behalf  of  all  purchasers  of  our
common stock in and/or traceable to our IPO.  The complaints generally allege that (i) each of the defendants violated Section 11 and/or Section 12(a)(2) of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), because documents related to our IPO including its registration statement and prospectus were
materially  misleading  by  containing  untrue  statements  of  material  fact  and/or  omitting  to  state  material  facts  necessary  to  make  such  statements  not
misleading  and  (ii)  the  individual  defendants  and  Summit  Partners  acted  as  controlling  persons  within  the  meaning  and  in  violation  of  Section  15  of  the
Securities  Act.    On  August  13,  2019,  the  Court  consolidated  these  actions  and  referred  the  consolidated  actions  to  the  Business  Litigation  Session  of  the
Massachusetts Superior Court (the “BLS”).  On September 3, 2019, the BLS accepted the consolidated action into its session for further proceedings.  On
November 12, 2019, Plaintiffs filed an Amended Shareholder Class Action Complaint, purportedly on behalf of all purchasers of our common stock in and/or
traceable to our IPO, which contains substantially similar allegations and asserts the same claims as the two initial complaints, described above.  Plaintiffs
seek  compensatory  damages,  costs  and  expenses,  including  counsel  and  expert  fees,  rescission  or  a  rescissory  measure  of  damages,  and  equitable  and
injunctive relief.  On January 14, 2020, Defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint.

41

On August 9, 2019, a third putative class action lawsuit, Donald Hook v. Casa Systems, Inc. et al., was filed in the Supreme Court of New York, New
York County, against us, certain of our current and former executive officers and directors, Summit Partners, our largest investor, and the underwriters from
our IPO.  The complaint purports to be brought on behalf of all purchasers of our common stock in and/or traceable to our IPO and generally alleges that (i)
each of the defendants violated Section 11 and/or Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, because documents related
to our IPO including its registration statement and prospectus were materially misleading by containing untrue statements of material fact and/or omitting to
state material facts necessary to make such statements not misleading and (ii) the individual defendants and Summit Partners acted as controlling persons
within the meaning and in violation of Section 15 of the Securities Act.  On November 22, 2019, Plaintiff filed an Amended Complaint, purportedly on behalf
of  all  purchasers  of  our  common  stock  in  and/or  traceable  to  our  IPO,  which  contains  substantially  similar  allegations  as  the  initial  complaint, described
above, and asserts claims for violations of Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act.  Plaintiff seeks compensatory damages, costs and expenses, including
counsel and expert fees, rescission or a rescissory measure of damages, disgorgement, and equitable and injunctive relief.  On January 21, 2020, Defendants
filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint.

On August 13, 2019, a fourth putative class action lawsuit, Panther Partners, Inc. v. Guo et al., was filed in the Supreme Court of New York, New
York County, against us, certain of our current and former executive officers and directors, and the underwriters from our April 30, 2018 follow-on offering of
common stock, which we refer to as our Follow-on Offering.  The complaint purports to be brought on behalf of all purchasers of our common stock in our
Follow-on Offering and generally alleges that (i) each of the defendants, other than Abraham Pucheril, violated Section 11 of the Securities Act, and each of
the defendants violated Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act, because documents related to our Follow-on Offering, including our registration statement and
prospectus,  was  materially  misleading  by  containing  untrue  statements  of  material  fact  and/or  omitting  to  state  material  facts  necessary  to  make  such
statements not misleading and (ii) the individual defendants acted as controlling persons within the meaning and in violation of Section 15 of the Securities
Act.    On  November  22,  2019,  Plaintiff  filed  an  Amended  Class  Action  Complaint,  purportedly  on  behalf  of  all  purchasers  of  our  common  stock  in  our
Follow-on  Offering,  which  contains  substantially  similar  allegations  and  asserts  the  same  claims  as  the  initial  complaint,  described  above.    Plaintiff  seeks
compensatory damages, costs and expenses, including counsel and expert fees, rescission or a rescissory measure of damages, and equitable and injunctive
relief.  On January 21, 2020, Defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint.

No amounts have been accrued for any of the putative class action lawsuits referenced above in the year ended December 31, 2019, as we do not
believe the likelihood of a material loss is probable.  Although the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, the resolution of any
of these matters could have a material impact on our results of operations in the period in which such matter is resolved.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

42

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “CASA”. Trading of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select
Market commenced on December 15, 2017 in connection with our initial public offering, or IPO. Prior to that time, there was no established public trading
market for our common stock.  

Holders of Record

As of January 31, 2020, there were 18 holders of record of our common stock. Because many of our shares are held by brokers and other institutions

on behalf of stockholders, we are not able to estimate the number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

Performance Graph

This performance graph shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the
SEC,  for  purposes  of  Section  18  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  or  the  Exchange  Act,  or  otherwise  subject  to  liabilities  under  that
section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act,
except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

The following graph compares the cumulative total return to stockholders for our common shares for the period from December 15, 2017 (the date our
common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market) through December 31, 2019 with the Nasdaq Composite Index. The comparison assumes
an  investment  of  $100  is  made  on  December  15,  2017  in  our  common  shares  and  in  each  of  the  indices  and  in  the  case  of  the  indices  it  also  assumes
reinvestment of all dividends. The performance shown is not necessarily indicative of future performance.

43

Recent Sales of Unregistered Equity Securities

None.

Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  repurchases  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  during  the  three-month  period  ended

December 31, 2019.

Period

October 1 - October 31, 2019
November 1 - November 30, 2019
December 1 - December 31, 2019

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
(In thousands)

Average
Price Paid
per Share

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
(In thousands)

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs (1)
(In thousands)

—    $
 $
130 
 $
365 

—   

3.37 
3.69 

—    $
 $
130 
 $
365 

75,000 
74,562 
73,215

(1)

On February 21, 2019, we announced that our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $75.0 million of our common stock under a stock
repurchase program. During the three-month period ended December 31, 2019, we repurchased approximately $1.8 million of the shares authorized
under  the  program  and  intend  for  such  shares  to  remain  in  treasury.   The  stock  repurchase  program  has  no  expiration  date,  does  not  require  us  to
purchase a minimum number of shares, and may be suspended, modified or discontinued at any time without prior notice.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The  information  required  by  this  item  with  respect  to  our  equity  compensation  plans  is  expected  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  to  our  proxy

statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

Use of Proceeds

On December 19, 2017, we closed our initial public offering of common stock under a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-221658) that
was declared effective by the SEC on December 14, 2017.  The net offering proceeds to us from the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts of $6.3
million and offering expenses payable by us totaling $4.1 million, were approximately $79.3 million. No offering discounts, commissions or expenses were
paid directly or indirectly to any of our directors or officers (or their associates) or persons owning 10.0% or more of any class of our equity securities or to
any other affiliates. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our initial public offering as described in our final prospectus filed
with the SEC on December 15, 2017 pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) promulgated under the Securities Act. As of December 31, 2019, we had not used any of the
net  offering  proceeds  and  we  have  invested  the  proceeds  into  an  investment  portfolio  with  the  primary  objective  of  preserving  principal  and  providing
liquidity without significantly increasing risk.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet
data  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018  are  derived  from  our  audited  financial  statements  appearing  in  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary
Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are derived from audited financial statements not included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The  following  selected  consolidated  financial  data  below  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  Item  7,  “Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,”  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  and  the  accompanying  notes  appearing  in  Item  8,  “Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to fully understand factors that may affect the comparability of the information
presented below.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Revenue:

2019

2018

Year Ended December 31,
2017
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

2016

Product
Service

Total revenue

Cost of revenue(1):

Product
Service

Total cost of revenue
Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development(1)
Selling, general and administrative(1)

Total operating expenses
(Loss) income from operations
Other income (expense), net
(Loss) income before provision for (benefit from)
   income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net (loss) income

Cash dividends declared per common share
   or common share equivalent

Net (loss) income attributable to common
   stockholders:

Basic

Diluted

Net (loss) income per share attributable
   to common stockholders:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average shares used to compute
   net (loss) income per share attributable to
   common stockholders:

Basic

Diluted

2015

247,588 
24,862 
272,450 

74,349 
5,265 
79,614 
192,836 

37,155 
52,610 
89,765 
103,071 
(1,408)

101,663 
33,742 
67,921 

  $

241,377    $
40,920     
282,297     

256,989    $
40,138     
297,127     

311,896    $
39,679     

351,575 

279,223    $
36,905     

316,128 

113,059     
6,706     
119,765     
162,532     

83,331     
88,320     
171,651     
(9,119)    
(15,296)    

74,350     
4,811     
79,161     
217,966     

70,974     
68,026     
139,000     
78,966     
(13,028)    

88,538     
4,973     
93,511 
258,064 

60,677 
61,165 
121,842 
136,222 
(13,404)    

89,340     
8,477     
97,817 
218,311 

49,210 
54,329 
103,539 
114,772 

921     

(24,415)    
23,791     
(48,206)   $

65,938     
(7,068)    
73,006    $

122,818 

34,318     
 $
88,500 

115,693 
27,025     
 $
88,668 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

—    $

—    $

1.7576 

 $

2.9197 

 $

— 

(48,206)   $

(48,206)   $

73,006    $

73,006    $

11,849 

11,849 

 $

 $

(35,119)  $

(35,119)  $

27,302 

30,402 

(0.57)   $

(0.57)   $

0.87    $

0.79    $

0.34 

0.26 

 $

 $

(1.07)  $

(1.07)  $

0.86 

0.78 

83,853     

83,853     

83,539     

91,877     

35,359 

44,972 

32,864 

32,864 

31,740 

38,809

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units granted to employees and non-
employee consultants as follows:

Cost of revenue
Research and development expense
Selling, general and administrative expense
Total stock-based compensation expense

2019

2018

Year Ended December 31,
2017
(in thousands)

2016

2015

  $

  $

216    $
1,569     
8,036     
9,821    $

249    $
1,864     
6,781     
8,894    $

306 
2,864 
5,966 
9,136 

 $

 $

237 
2,306 
5,761 
8,304 

 $

 $

143 
1,843 
5,335 
7,321

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
   
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
     
     
      
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
     
     
      
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
      
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
      
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
      
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
   
  
  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital(1)
Total assets
Long-term debt, including current portion,
   net of unamortized debt issuance costs
Total liabilities
Convertible preferred stock
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

2019

2018

As of December 31,
2017
(in thousands)

2016

2015

  $

113,638    $
213,977     
444,312     

280,587    $
328,400     
474,649     

 $

260,820 
324,710 
469,697 

 $

343,946 
286,652 
583,035 

293,280     
405,748     
—     
38,564     

295,459     
399,793     
—     
74,856     

297,615 
419,541 
— 
50,156 

299,751 
557,259 
97,479 
(71,703)   

92,496 
162,981 
283,097 

7,795 
103,160 
97,479 
82,458

(1)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and
related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following discussion contains forward-looking
statements  that  reflect  our  plans,  estimates  and  beliefs.  Our  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  those  discussed  in  the  forward-looking  statements.
Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, particularly in
the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

Our  solutions  are  conceived,  designed,  and  built  to  solve  problems  faced  by  our  broadband  service  provider  customers  as  they  transform  their
networks to meet the growing demand for bandwidth and the introduction of new services.  We offer converged solutions for next-generation centralized,
distributed and virtualized architectures for cable broadband, fixed-line broadband and wireless networks. Our innovative products enable customers to cost-
effectively and dynamically increase network speed, add bandwidth capacity and new services for consumers and enterprises, reduce network complexity and
reduce operating and capital expenditures.

We have a history of innovation and being the first to market with novel products at each generational shift in network technology. For example:

•

•

•

•

•

•

We  believe  we  pioneered  the  use  of  a  software-centric  approach  to  leverage  the  programmability  of  field  programmable  gate  arrays,  or
FPGAs, and general-purpose processors for use in the cable industry. 

In the cable market we believe we were the first to provide a solution enabling cable service providers to deliver Internet Protocol, or IP, voice,
digital video and data over a single port, which enables cable service providers to deliver multi-gigabit speeds to their subscribers.

In  the  wireless  market,  we  introduced  our  Apex  Pebble,  a  residential  femtocell,  which  helps  to  provide  a  faster  and  more  reliable  data
experience for mobile users. We believe the device offers the innovation of an untethered Wi-Fi backhaul option in addition to the standard
Ethernet connection that is required in traditional femtocells. This allows a user to place the device anywhere in his or her home where Wi-Fi
is available without running or connecting additional cables to a home router.

Our  Apex  Strand-mount  Microcell  provides  wireless  service  providers  with  an  additional  installation  option  using  an  integrated  DOCSIS
modem,  which  provides  input  power  and  backhaul/fronthaul  connectivity  and  helps  to  resolve  the  siting,  power,  and  backhaul  issues  that
accompany large-scale small cell deployments.

Our Apex 5G Mini Macro is a high-powered 4T4R (4 transmit/4 receive) radio designed to meet coverage and capacity challenges in dense
urban and suburban areas where large numbers of 5G NR, a new radio access technology developed by 3GPP for the 5G mobile network, and
LTE devices are present.  Unlike macro-radio solutions mounted on traditional tower sites, the Apex 5G Mini Macro can be deployed cost-
effectively at the street level, such as on utility poles, roof tops and lamp posts, thereby reducing costs associated with a traditional macro site.

We believe that we are the first to deliver a virtualized BNG that enables a multi-tenant solution at the network edge using low-cost, white box
merchant silicon hardware.

We  offer  scalable  solutions  that  can  meet  the  evolving  bandwidth  needs  of  our  customers  and  their  subscribers.  Our  first  installation  in  a  service
provider’s network frequently involves deploying our broadband products in only a portion of the provider’s network and with only a fraction of the capacity
of our products enabled at the time of initial installation. Over time, our customers have generally expanded the use of our solutions to other areas of their
networks  to  increase  network  capacity.  Capacity  expansions  are  accomplished  either  by  deploying  additional  systems,  line  cards,  or  the  sale  of  additional
channels through the use of software. Sales of software-based capacity expansions generate higher gross margins than hardware-based deployments.

Our solutions are commercially deployed in over 70 countries by more than 475 customers, including regional service providers as well as some of the

world’s largest Tier 1 broadband service providers, serving millions of subscribers.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Business Model

We  derive  revenue  from  sales  of  our  products  and  services.  To  date,  the  majority  of  our  product  revenue  has  come  from  sales  of  our  broadband
products, particularly our C100G CCAP solution, to cable operators worldwide. We generate service revenue primarily from sales of maintenance and support
services, which end customers typically purchase in conjunction with our products, and, to a lesser extent, from sales of professional services and extended
warranty services.

We offer end-to-end physical, virtual and distributed infrastructure, and customer on-premise network solutions that enable our customers to provide

fixed and wireless broadband services to consumers and enterprises.

Our growth strategy focuses on the following key areas:

Continue to Innovate and Extend Technology Leadership Through R&D Investment

We believe that we offer market-leading broadband infrastructure products today. We intend to continue to enhance our existing products and develop
new products in both our current and adjacent markets. For example, we have invested in and launched distributed access architecture solutions to allow our
cable  customers  to  densify  their  networks,  providing  higher  bandwidth,  which  enhances  user  experience.    Additionally,  we  have  been  investing  in,  and
recently begun recognizing revenue from, our core and access products for 4G/LTE and 5G wireless networks.

Further Penetrate Existing Customers

Our  customers  often  deploy  our  products  in  a  specific  region  or  for  a  specific  application,  which  may  only  account  for  a  portion  of  their  overall
network  infrastructure  needs.  We  plan  to  expand  our  footprint  within  the  networks  of  existing  customers  as  they  realize  the  technological  and  financial
benefits of our solutions, as well as sell our new products to them as they offer new broadband services to their subscribers.

Expand our Customer Base by Expanding the Breadth of Solutions Sold to Customers

We intend to sell additional products and solutions to our growing installed base of broadband service providers, particularly as they increasingly offer
converged services to their subscribers. We have invested in developing a virtualized platform that allows us to rapidly provide new applications and services
to  our  customers.  While  we  initially  focused  on  providing  solutions  for  cable  service  providers  due  to  our  founders’  experience  in  the  cable  industry,  the
commonalities between fixed and wireless network architectures have allowed us to expand our solutions into the wireless market as cable service providers
have increasingly sought to add wireless capabilities to their service offerings. Our wireless solutions have been purchased by several customers, including
Tier 1 mobile network operators such as Sprint and China Mobile.

Invest in Our Platform through Selective Acquisitions

We  may  selectively  pursue  acquisitions  that  enhance  our  existing  platform  capabilities  and  are  consistent  with  our  overall  growth  strategy.  For
example,  on  July  1,  2019,  we  acquired  NetComm  Wireless  Limited  for  cash  consideration  of  approximately  $162.0  million  Australian  dollars,  or  AUD
($112.7 million United States dollars, or USD), based on an exchange rate of USD $0.700 per AUD $1.00 on July 1, 2019). This acquisition enables us to
expand our customer base, enhance our global footprint, extend our product portfolio to the far edge of the network, and further diversify our revenue sources.
As discussed in further detail below, the NetComm acquisition had a material impact on our business and is expected to have a material impact on our future
performance.

We market and sell our products and services through our direct global sales force, supported by sales agents, and through resellers. A majority of our
revenue  is  derived  from  direct  sales,  which  generate  higher  gross  margins  than  sales  made  through  resellers.  Our  sales  organization  includes  systems
engineers  with  deep  technical  expertise  that  provide  pre-sales  technical  support. These  systems  engineers  also  assist  with  post-sales  support.  Our  resellers
receive  an  order  from  an  end  customer  prior  to  placing  an  order  with  us,  and  we  confirm  the  identification  of  or  are  aware  of  the  end  customer  prior  to
accepting such orders. We use sales agents to assist our direct global sales force in the sales process with certain customers primarily located in Latin America
and Asia-Pacific. If a sales agent is engaged in the sales process, we receive the order directly from and sell the products and services directly to the end
customer, and we pay a commission to the sales agent, calculated as a percentage of the related customer payment.

48

Each of our sales teams is responsible for a geographic territory and/or has responsibility for a number of major direct end-customer accounts. We
have a diverse, global customer base and our revenue by geographic region fluctuates from period to period based on the timing of customer projects. The
percentages of our revenue derived from customers in each geographic region were as follows:

Revenue by geographic region:

North America
Latin America
Europe, Middle East and Africa
Asia-Pacific
Total

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

49.6%  
8.5%  
13.5%  
28.4%  
100.0%  

49.1%  
10.9%  
27.4%  
12.6%  
100.0%  

57.4%
11.5%
17.5%
13.6%
100.0%

The increase in percentage of revenues in the Asia-Pacific region was primarily driven by revenue generated from our acquisition of NetComm on

July 1, 2019, which has significant revenues from Australia.

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

We  generate  product  revenue  from  sales  of  next-generation  centralized,  distributed  and  virtualized  architectures  for  cable  broadband,  fixed-line
broadband  and  wireless  networks.  Our  products  enable  service  provider  customers  to  cost-effectively  deliver  broadband  services  to  their  consumer  and
enterprise customers.

Our  acquisition  of  NetComm  on  July  1,  2019  expanded  our  product  offerings  to  include  fixed  wireless  access  and  fiber-to-the-distribution-point
(“FTTdp”)  devices.  Accordingly,  the  year  ending  December  31,  2020  will  include  a  full  year  of  incremental  revenues  as  compared  to  the  year  ended
December 31, 2019, which includes such revenues only for the six month period from July 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019.

We  generate  service  revenue  from  sales  of  initial  maintenance  and  support  services  contracts,  which  are  typically  purchased  by  end  customers  in
conjunction  with  our  products,  and  from  our  customers’  subsequent  annual  renewals  of  those  contracts.  We  offer  maintenance  and  support  services  under
renewable, fee-based contracts, which include telephone support and unspecified software upgrades and updates provided on a when-and-if-available basis.
To a lesser extent, we generate service revenue from sales of professional services, such as installation and configuration, and extended warranty services.

The sale of our software products generally includes a 90-day warranty on the software and a one-year warranty on the hardware component of the
products,  which  includes  repair  or  replacement  of  the  applicable  hardware.  We  record  a  warranty  accrual  for  the  initial  software  and  hardware  warranty
included with our product sales and do not defer revenue. In addition, in conjunction with customers’ renewals of maintenance and support services contracts,
we offer an extended warranty for periods typically of one to three years for agreed-upon fees, which we record as service revenue.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of product revenue consists primarily of the costs of procuring goods, such as CCAP chassis, Axyom hardware, components for our fixed
wireless  access  and  fiber-to-the-distribution-point  (“FTTdp”)  devices,  cable  access  products  and  line  cards  embedded  with  FPGAs  from  our  contract
manufacturers  and  other  suppliers.  In  addition,  cost  of  product  revenue  includes  salary  and  benefit  expenses,  including  stock-based  compensation,  for
manufacturing and supply-chain management personnel, allocated facilities-related costs, estimated warranty costs, third-party logistics costs, and estimated
costs associated with excess and obsolete inventory.

Our cost of service revenue includes salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for our maintenance and support services and

professional services personnel, fees incurred for subcontracted professional services provided to our customers, and allocated facilities-related costs.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Profit

Our product gross profit and gross margin have been, and may in the future be, influenced by several factors, including changes in the volume of our
software-centric  broadband  products  sold,  product  configuration,  sales  of  capacity  expansions,  geographic  location  of  our  customers,  pricing  due  to
competitive  pressure,  estimated  warranty  costs,  inventory  obsolescence,  and  favorable  and  unfavorable  changes  in  inventory  production  volume  and
component costs. As some products mature, the average selling prices of those products may decline. In addition, gross margins on fixed wireless access and
fiber-to-the-distribution-point (FTTdp) devices are lower than our legacy broadband hardware products. Our service gross profit and gross margin have been,
and  may  in  the  future  be,  influenced  by  the  amount  and  timing  of  renewals  of  maintenance  and  support  services  contracts  by  customers,  pricing  due  to
competitive pressure and, to a lesser extent, the amount of professional services ordered by customers and performed by us. We expect that our gross margin
will decline for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 due to lower margins generated on FTTdp products and
changes in the percentage of revenue attributable to our software-centric broadband products and capacity expansions.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development and selling, general and administrative expenses.

Research and Development Expenses

Research  and  development  expenses  consist  primarily  of  salary  and  benefit  expenses,  including  stock-based  compensation,  for  our  employees
engaged  in  research,  design  and  development  activities.  Research  and  development  expenses  also  include  project-specific  engineering  services  purchased
from  external  vendors,  prototype  costs,  depreciation  expense,  amortization  of  purchased  intellectual  property,  allocated  facilities-related  costs  and  travel
expenses.

We expect that, except for the effect of including a full year of expenses associated with our acquisition of NetComm on July 1, 2019, our research
and  development  costs  will  remain  consistent  in  absolute  dollars  in  the  near  term  as  we  continue  to  make  significant  investments  to  enhance  our  existing
software products and develop new software products and technologies, including our new wireless solutions.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for employees and costs for
contractors  engaged  in  sales,  marketing,  general  and  administrative  activities.  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  also  include  commissions,
calculated as a percentage of the related customer payment, to sales agents that assist us in the sales process with certain customers primarily located in the
Latin  America  and  Asia-Pacific  regions.  These  sales  agent  commissions  fluctuate  from  period  to  period  based  on  the  amount  and  timing  of  sales  to  the
customers subject to sales agent commissions. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include marketing activities, such as trade shows, marketing
programs and promotional materials, as well as allocated facilities-related costs.

We expect that, except for the effect of including a full year of expenses associated with our acquisition of NetComm on July 1, 2019, our selling,
general and administrative expenses will remain consistent in absolute dollars in the near term as we continue to make investments in our sales and marketing
organizations and expand our marketing programs and efforts to increase the market awareness and sales of our products and services.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net consists of interest income from our investments in short-term financial instruments, such as certificates of deposit and
money market mutual funds, and interest expense associated with our term loan facility, the mortgage on our corporate office and debt maintenance costs
related to our revolving credit facility. Other income (expense), net also includes realized and unrealized gains and losses from foreign currency transactions.
We hedge certain significant transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and we expect to continue to do so to minimize our exposure
to foreign currency fluctuations.

50

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and the foreign jurisdictions in which we do business. These foreign jurisdictions have statutory
tax  rates  different  from  those  in  the  United  States.  Our  effective  tax  rates  will  vary  depending  on  the  relative  proportion  of  foreign  to  U.S.  income,  the
utilization of foreign tax credits and research and development tax credits, changes in corporate structure, the amount and timing of certain employee stock-
based compensation transactions, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and changes in tax laws and interpretations. We plan to regularly assess
the  likelihood  of  outcomes  that  could  result  from  the  examination  of  our  tax  returns  by  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service  and  other  tax  authorities  to
determine the adequacy of our income tax reserves and expense. Should actual events or results differ from our then-current expectations, charges or credits
to our provision for income taxes may become necessary. Any such adjustments could have a significant effect on our results of operations.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the TCJA, was enacted which, among other things, lowered the U.S. corporate income tax rate
to 21% from 35%, repealed the domestic production activity deductions, limited the deductibility of certain executive compensation and interest expense, and
established a modified territorial system that required a mandatory deemed repatriation tax on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Beginning in
2018, the TCJA also required a minimum tax on certain future earnings generated by foreign subsidiaries while providing for future tax-free repatriation of
such earnings through a 100% dividends-received deduction.

While  the  intent  of  TCJA  was  to  provide  for  a  territorial  tax  system,  effective  for  taxable  years  beginning  after  January  1,  2018,  taxpayers  are
subjected to the global intangible low-taxed income provisions, or GILTI provisions. The GILTI provisions require us to currently recognize in U.S. taxable
income, a deemed dividend inclusion of foreign subsidiary earnings in excess of an allowable return on the foreign subsidiary’s tangible assets. During the
years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we recorded an income tax charge of $0.9 and $4.4 million, respectively, related to GILTI.  We have made an
accounting policy election, as allowed by the SEC and FASB, to recognize the impacts of GILTI within the period incurred.  Therefore, no U.S. deferred taxes
are provided on GILTI inclusions of future foreign subsidiary earnings.

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our consolidated results of operations in dollar amounts and as percentage of total revenue for the periods shown:

Revenue:

Product
Service

Total revenue

Cost of revenue(1):

Product
Service

Total cost of revenue

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development(1)
Selling, general and administrative(1)

Total operating expenses
(Loss) income from operations
Other income (expense), net
(Loss) income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net (loss) income

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018
(in thousands)

2017

  $

241,377    $
40,920   
282,297   

256,989    $
40,138   
297,127   

113,059   
6,706   
119,765   
162,532   

83,331   
88,320   
171,651   
(9,119)  
(15,296)  
(24,415)  
23,791   
(48,206)   $

74,350   
4,811   
79,161   
217,966   

70,974   
68,026   
139,000   
78,966   
(13,028)  
65,938   
(7,068)  
73,006    $

  $

311,896 
39,679 
351,575 

88,538 
4,973 
93,511 
258,064 

60,677 
61,165 
121,842 
136,222 
(13,404)
122,818 
34,318 
88,500

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units granted to employees and non-
employee consultants as follows:

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenue
Research and development expense
Selling, general and administrative expense

Total stock-based compensation expense

Revenue:

Product
Service

Total revenue

Cost of revenue:
Product
Service

Total cost of revenue
Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development
Selling, general and administrative

Total operating expenses
(Loss) income from operations
Other income (expense), net
(Loss) income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net (loss) income

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018
(in thousands)

2017

  $

  $

216    $

1,569   
8,036   
9,821    $

249    $

1,864   
6,781   
8,894    $

306 
2,864 
5,966 
9,136

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018
(as a percentage of total revenue)

2017

86%  
14 
100 

40 
2 
42 
58 

30 
31 
61 
(3)
(5)
(9)
8 
(17)%  

86%  
14 
100 

25 
2 
27 
73 

24 
23 
47 
27 
(4)  
22 
(2)  
25%  

89%
11 
100 

25 
1 
27 
73 

17 
17 
35 
39 
(4)
35 
10 
25%

Percentages in the table above are based on actual values. As a result, some totals may not sum due to rounding.

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2018

Revenue

Revenue:

Product
Service

Total revenue

Revenue by geographic region:

North America
Latin America
Europe, Middle East and Africa
Asia-Pacific

Total revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Change

Amount

% of
Total
(dollars in thousands)

Amount

% of
Total

  Amount

%

  $

  $

  $

  $

241,377     
40,920     
282,297     

85.5%   $
14.5%    
100.0%   $

256,989     
40,138     
297,127     

86.5%   $ (15,612)    
782     
13.5%    
100.0%   $ (14,830)    

(6.1)%
1.9%
(5.0)%

139,917     
24,043     
38,154     
80,183     
282,297     

49.6%   $
8.5%    
13.5%    
28.4%    
100.0%   $

146,008     
32,283     
81,343     
37,493     
297,127     

49.1%   $
10.9%    
27.4%    
12.6%    

(6,091)    
(8,240)    
(43,189)    
42,690     
100.0%   $ (14,830)    

(4.2)%
(25.5)%
(53.1)%
113.9%
(5.0)%

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
     
     
  
   
      
  
   
     
     
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
The  decrease  in  product  revenue  was  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  sales  of  our  cable  products  to  existing  customers  in  North  America,  Latin
America, Asia-Pacific and Europe, Middle East and Africa as a result of a decrease in the deployment of our software-centric broadband products in their
networks,  which  we  believe  was  primarily  due  to  the  timing  of  customer  expenditures  on  network  upgrades.  These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by
increases in sales of our wireless products, as well as sales of NetComm fixed wireless access and fiber-to-the-distribution-point (FTTdp) devices from July 1,
2019 through December 31, 2019. These NetComm sales also caused revenue in the Asia-Pacific region to increase year over year as NetComm’s generates
significant revenue from the region, especially within Australia.

The increase in service revenue was primarily due to a $1.0 million increase in professional services revenue associated with customer deployments of

our Axyom products.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Cost of revenue:
Product
Service

Total cost of revenue

Gross profit:
Product
Service

Total gross profit

Year Ended
December 31,

2019

2018
(dollars in thousands)

Amount

Change

%

  $

  $

113,059    $
6,706   
119,765    $

74,350    $
4,811   
79,161    $

38,709   
1,895   
40,604   

52.1%
39.4%
51.3%

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Change

Amount

Gross
Margin

Amount

Gross
Margin

Amount

Gross
Margin (bps)  

(dollars in thousands)

  $

  $

128,318     
34,214     
162,532     

53.2%   $
83.6%    
57.6%   $

182,639     
35,327     
217,966     

71.1%   $
88.0%    
73.4%   $

(54,321)    
(1,113)    
(55,434)    

(1,790)
(440)
(1,580)

The increase in cost of product revenue and decrease in product gross margin was primarily due to sales of lower margin NetComm fixed wireless
access and fiber-to-the-distribution-point (FTTdp) devices from July 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019. Product cost of revenue also includes $1.8 million
of amortization of developed technology acquired with the acquisition of NetComm.

The increase in cost of service revenue and decrease in service gross margin was primarily due to increased utilization of third-party service providers.

Research and Development

Research and development
Percentage of revenue

Year Ended
December 31,

Change

2019

2018

Amount

%

  $

83,331 

  $

(dollars in thousands)
70,974 

  $

12,357   

17.4%

29.5%  

23.9%  

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
The increase in research and development expense was primarily due to an $11.7 million increase in personnel-related costs as a result of the increase
in  the  headcount  of  our  research  and  development  personnel  from  430  to  620, which was primarily  driven  by  the  acquisition  of  NetComm  as  well  as  to
support the development of our new wireless and software-centric broadband products and to enhance our existing software-centric broadband products, a
$0.6 million increase in facilities and infrastructure expenses, and a $0.5 million increase in depreciation expense for research and development related assets.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative
Percentage of revenue

Year Ended
December 31,

Change

2019

2018

Amount

%

  $

88,320 

  $

(dollars in thousands)
68,026 

  $

20,294   

29.8%

31.3%  

22.9%  

The increase in selling, general and administrative expense was due primarily to a $8.2 million increase in personnel-related costs due to the addition
of  NetComm’s  sales  force  and  general  and  administrative  employees,  a  $3.5  million  increase  in  expenses  related  to  our  acquisition  of  NetComm,  a  $1.7
million increase in depreciation and amortization expense related to acquired assets, a $1.3 million increase in marketing costs related to trade show and event
expenses,  a  $1.2  million  increase  in  facilities  expense  primarily  due  to  additional  leases  from  the  NetComm  acquisition,  and  a  $0.5  million  increase  in
software maintenance expenses.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net
Percentage of revenue

Year Ended
December 31,

Change

2019

2018

Amount

%

  $

(15,296)

  $

(dollars in thousands)
(13,028)

  $

(2,268)  

17.4%

(5.4)%  

(4.4)%  

The  change  in  other  income  (expense)  was  primarily  due  to  a  $1.9  million  decrease  in  interest  income  due  to  a  decrease  in  our  portfolio  of  cash
equivalents following our acquisition of NetComm in July 2019, a $0.8 million increase in interest expense due to increases in our term loan interest rates and
a $0.8 million decrease in other income related to a one time government grant received in 2018, partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in foreign currency
gains primarily due to an increase in the Euro to U.S. dollar and Chinese Yuan to U.S. dollar exchange rates, partially offset by a decrease in the Australian
dollar to U.S. dollar exchange rate, during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Provision for (benefit from) Income Taxes

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Effective tax rate

Year Ended
December 31,

Change

2019

2018

Amount

%

  $

23,791 

  $

(dollars in thousands)
(7,068)

  $

30,859   

(436.6)%

(97.4)%  

(10.7)%  

The 86.7% decrease in our effective tax rate includes the recording of a valuation allowance of $35.2 million, in addition to changes in geographical
mix of earnings and related foreign tax rate differential, a reduction in the recognized excess tax benefits related to the vesting of restricted stock and the
exercise  of  non-qualified  stock  options  and  incentive  stock  options  as  compared  to  prior  years,  a  decrease  in  the  beneficial  impact  of  the  research  and
development tax credits and an increase in uncertain tax positions.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017

Revenue

Revenue:

Product
Service

Total revenue

Revenue by geographic region:

North America
Latin America
Europe, Middle East and Africa
Asia-Pacific

Total revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2018

Amount

% of
Total

2017

Amount
(dollars in thousands)

% of
Total

Change

Amount

%

  $

  $

  $

  $

256,989     
40,138     
297,127     

86.5%   $
13.5%    
100.0%   $

311,896     
39,679     
351,575     

88.7%   $ (54,907)    
459     
11.3%    
100.0%   $ (54,448)    

146,008     
32,283     
81,343     
37,493     
297,127     

49.1%   $
10.9%    
27.4%    
12.6%    
100.0%   $

201,856     
40,347     
61,458     
47,914     
351,575     

57.4%   $ (55,848)    
(8,064)    
11.5%    
19,885     
17.5%    
(10,421)    
13.6%    
100.0%   $ (54,448)    

(17.6)%
1.2%
(15.5)%

(27.7)%
(20.0)%
32.4%
(21.7)%
(15.5)%

The decrease in product revenue was primarily due to a decrease in sales of our products to existing customers in North America, Latin America and
Asia-Pacific as a result of a decrease in the deployment of our software-centric broadband products in their networks, which we believe was primarily due to
the  timing  of  customer  expenditures  on  network  upgrades.  These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  sales  of  our  software-enabled  capacity
expansions to customers in Europe, Middle East and Africa.

The increase in service revenue was primarily due to a $1.0 million increase in maintenance and support services revenue due to customers renewing
their maintenance and support service contracts, partially offset by a $0.5 million decrease in professional services revenue due to a decrease in customer
projects requiring our assistance.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Cost of revenue:
Product
Service

Total cost of revenue

Year Ended
December 31,

2018

2017

Amount

(dollars in thousands)

Change

%

  $

  $

74,350    $
4,811   
79,161    $

88,538    $
4,973   
93,511    $

(14,188)  
(162)  
(14,350)  

(16.0)%
(3.3)%
(15.3)%

The decrease in cost of product revenue was primarily due to a decrease in sales of our hardware-based broadband products for customer network

upgrades.

The decrease in cost of service revenue was primarily due to a decrease in subcontracted professional services.

Gross profit:
Product
Service

Total gross profit

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

Change

Amount

Gross
Margin

Amount

Gross
Margin

Amount

Gross
Margin (bps)  

(dollars in thousands)

  $

  $

182,639     
35,327     
217,966     

71.1%   $
88.0%    
73.4%   $

223,358     
34,706     
258,064     

71.6%   $
87.5%    
73.4%   $

(40,719)    
621     
(40,098)    

(50)
50 
-

The decrease in product gross margin was primarily due to a decrease in the proportion of our product revenue derived from higher margin software-

based capacity expansions.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
 
The increase in service gross margin was due to an increase in maintenance and support services revenue and a decrease in lower-margin professional

services revenue.

Research and Development

Research and development
Percentage of revenue

Year Ended
December 31,

Change

2018

2017

Amount

%

  $

70,974 

  $

(dollars in thousands)
60,677 

  $

10,297   

17.0%

23.9%  

17.3%  

The increase in research and development expense was due to a $4.6 million increase in prototype development costs for new broadband products, a
$3.2  million  increase  in  personnel-related  costs  (including  the  effect  of  a  $1.0  million  decrease  in  stock  based  compensation  expense)  as  a  result  of  the
increase in the headcount of our research and development personnel from 399 to 430 to support the development of our new wireless and software-centric
broadband  products  and  to  enhance  our  existing  software-centric  broadband  products,  a  $1.4  million  increase  in  depreciation  expense  for  research  and
development related assets, a $0.5 million increase in software maintenance fees and a $0.4 million increase in facilities and infrastructure expenses.

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative
Percentage of revenue

Year Ended
December 31,

Change

2018

2017

Amount

%

  $

68,026 

  $

(dollars in thousands)
61,165 

  $

6,861   

11.2%

22.9%  

17.4%  

The increase in sales and marketing expense was due to a $4.4 million increase in personnel-related costs due to an increase in headcount and a $0.2
million  increase  in  marketing  costs  related  to  trade  show  and  event  expenses,  which  were  partially  offset  by  a  $2.9  million  decrease  in  sales  agent
commissions.

The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to a $1.8 million increase in professional fees to support the requirements of
being a public company, a $1.7 million increase in legal and accounting fees, $0.8 million of costs related to our follow-on public offering in April 2018, a
$0.7  million  increase  in  stock-based  compensation  expense,  a  $0.3  million  increase  in  other  taxes  and  a  $0.1  million  increase  in  depreciation  expense  for
general and administrative related assets, partially offset by a $0.4 million decrease in personnel-related costs due to a decrease in bonuses.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net
Percentage of revenue

Year Ended
December 31,

Change

2018

2017

Amount

%

  $

(13,028)

  $

(dollars in thousands)
(13,404)

  $

376   

2.8%

(4.4)%  

(3.8)%  

The  increase  in  other  income  (expense)  was  primarily  due  to  a  $3.8  million  increase  in  interest  income  due  to  an  increase  in  interest  rates  and  an
increase  in  our  portfolio  of  cash  equivalents  and  a  $0.7  million  increase  in  other  income,  partially  offset  by  a  $2.3  million  increase  in  interest  expense
attributable to an increase of interest rates on our term loan facility and a $1.8 million increase in foreign currency losses due to a decrease in the Euro to U.S.
dollar exchange rate during the year ended December 31, 2018.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
(Benefit from) Provision for Income Taxes

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes
Effective tax rate

Year Ended
December 31,

Change

2018

2017

Amount

%

  $

(7,068)   $
-10.7%  

(dollars in thousands)
34,318 

  $

27.9%  

(41,386)  

(120.6)%

The 38.6% decrease in our effective tax rate includes the recognized excess tax benefits related to the vesting of restricted stock and the exercise of
non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, as well as the impact of the research and development tax credits, which increased in 2018 mainly
due to the excess tax benefits from share-based compensation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since  our  inception,  we  have  primarily  funded  our  operations  through  issuances  of  shares  of  our  convertible  preferred  stock  and  cash  flows  from
operations. In addition, on December 20, 2016, we entered into a credit agreement that included a term loan facility under which we borrowed $300.0 million
and in December 2017, we closed our initial public offering, or IPO, of 6,900,000 shares of common stock and received net proceeds of $79.3 million, after
deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs.

On July 1, 2019, we acquired 100% of the equity interests in NetComm for cash consideration of $162.0 million Australian dollars, or AUD ($112.7
million  USD,  based  on  an  exchange  rate  of  USD  $0.700  per  AUD  $1.00  on  July  1,  2019),  using  amounts  included  in  restricted  cash  in  the  consolidated
balance sheet as of June 30, 2019. In addition, we recognized advisory fee expenses of $1.5 million, which became due and payable upon the closing of the
acquisition.

The following tables set forth our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and working capital as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 as

well as our net cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital

Consolidated Cash Flow Data:
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
Net cash used in financing activities

2019

As of December 31,
2018
(in thousands)

2017

  $

113,638    $
213,977   

280,587 
328,400 

 $

260,820 
324,710

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018
(in thousands)

2017

  $

 $

(39,022)
(118,022)
(9,527)

 $

98,545 
(7,966)
(68,351)

95,008 
7,575 
(172,661)

As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  had  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $113.6  million  and  net  accounts  receivable  of  $93.7  million.  We  maintain  a
$25.0 million revolving credit facility, under which $23.7 million was available and $1.3 million of availability was used as collateral for two stand-by letters
of credit as of December 31, 2019. However, based on the financial covenants described under the heading “Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facilities,” we
are effectively restricted from utilizing the revolving credit facility.

Of our total cash and cash equivalents of $113.6 million as of December 31, 2019, $91.4 million was held by our foreign subsidiaries. The TCJA
established a modified territorial system requiring a mandatory deemed repatriation tax on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. In December 2017,
we recorded a charge related to a one-time deemed repatriation of accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Our accounting for the impacts of the TCJA
was complete as of December 31, 2018 and we had not recorded any material adjustments to the provisional amounts recorded in 2017 related to the TCJA.
As a result, applicable U.S. corporate income taxes have been provided on substantially all of our accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries.  Beginning in
2018, the TCJA also required a minimum tax on certain future earnings generated by foreign subsidiaries while providing future tax-free repatriation of such
earnings through a 100% dividends-received deduction.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
While  the  intent  of  TCJA  was  to  provide  for  a  territorial  tax  system,  effective  for  taxable  years  beginning  after  January  1,  2018,  taxpayers  are
subjected to the GILTI provisions. The GILTI provisions require us to currently recognize in U.S. taxable income, a deemed dividend inclusion of foreign
subsidiary  earnings  in  excess  of  an  allowable  return  on  the  foreign  subsidiary’s  tangible  assets.  During  the years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018  we
recorded an income tax charge $0.9 million and $4.4 million, respectively, related to GILTI.  We have made an accounting policy election, as allowed by the
SEC and FASB, to recognize the impacts of GILTI within the period incurred.  Therefore, no U.S. deferred taxes are provided on GILTI inclusions of future
foreign subsidiary earnings.

We  believe  our  existing  cash  and  cash  equivalents  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  working  capital  and  capital  expenditure  needs  and  debt  service
obligations  for  at  least  the  next  12  months.  Our  future  capital  requirements  may  vary  materially  from  those  currently  planned  and  will  depend  on  many
factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the timing and extent of spending on research and development efforts and other business initiatives, purchases
of capital equipment to support our growth, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, expansion of our business through acquisitions or our investments
in complementary products, technologies or businesses, the use of working capital to purchase additional inventory, the timing of new product introductions,
market acceptance of our products and overall economic conditions. To the extent that current and anticipated future sources of liquidity are insufficient to
fund  our  future  business  activities  and  requirements,  we  may  be  required  to  seek  additional  equity  or  debt  financing.  In  the  event  additional  financing  is
required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all.

From our inception through December 31, 2019, our board of directors has declared a special dividend on five separate occasions and has approved
cash  payments  to  the  holders  of  our  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  or  SARs,  and  restricted  stock  units,  or  RSUs,  as  equitable  adjustments  in
connection with these special dividends. The dividend payments totaled $0.9 million and $206.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017,
respectively.  No  dividend  payments  were  made  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019.  The  equitable  adjustment  payments  totaled  $2.6  million,
$7.3 million and $40.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, there were $0.7 million of
equitable adjustment payments that had been approved by our board of directors that had not yet been paid to the holders of our stock options, SARs and
RSUs.  These  equitable  adjustment  payments  will  be  paid  to  the  holders  of  the  applicable  equity  awards  as  they  vest  through  2021.  We  do  not  anticipate
declaring cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and
applicable law, and will depend on various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, prospects and any other factors deemed relevant by
our board of directors.

Cash Flows

Operating Activities

Our  primary  source  of  cash  from  operating  activities  has  been  from  cash  collections  from  our  customers.  We  expect  cash  inflows  from  operating
activities to be affected by increases in sales and timing of collections and by purchases and shipments of inventory. Our primary uses of cash from operating
activities  have  been  for  personnel  costs  and  investment  in  sales  and  marketing  and  research  and  development.  We  expect  cash  outflows  from  operating
activities to increase as a result of further investment in research and development and sales and marketing and increases in personnel costs as we continue to
enhance our products and introduce new products in an effort to continue to expand our business.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, cash used in operating activities was $39.0 million, primarily resulting from our net loss of $48.2 million,
net non-cash expenses of $45.3 million, and by net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $36.1 million. The net cash used in changes
in our operating assets and liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to a $21.3 million increase in inventory due to anticipated
growth in our business that did not materialize; an $9.5 million decrease in deferred revenue primarily due to a decrease in order volume during the year; a
$7.8 million decrease in accrued expenses due to the timing of payments; and a $3.7 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets. These outflows of
cash  were  partially  offset  by  a  $2.7  million  increase  in  accrued  income  taxes;  a  $1.9  million  decrease  in  accounts  receivable  due  to  timing  of  vendor
payments; and a $1.5 million increase in accounts payable.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  $98.5  million,  primarily  resulting  from  our  net  income  of
$73.0 million, net non-cash gains of $0.7 million, and by net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $24.9 million. The net cash
provided  by  changes  in  our  operating  assets  and  liabilities  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  was  primarily  due  to  a  $34.7  million  decrease  in
accounts receivable due to a decrease in sales and timing of the related collections; a $6.1 million increase in accrued expenses due to the timing of payments;
and  a  $4.2  million  increase  in  accounts  payable  primarily  attributable  to  timing  of  our  payments  for  purchases  of  inventory.  These  inflows  of  cash  were
partially offset by a $11.1 million increase in inventory due to anticipated growth in our business; a $5.1 million decrease in deferred revenue primarily due to
recognition of $6.2 million of revenue upon the

58

product  acceptance  by  a  customer  in  Asia-Pacific,  partially  offset  by  the  deferral  of  revenue  for  customer  acceptance;  a  $3.1  million  decrease  in  accrued
income taxes primarily due to federal research and development tax credits generated in 2018 which we will carryback to reduce its long-term taxes payable
related to the deemed repatriation tax under the TCJA; and a $1.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  $95.0  million,  primarily  resulting  from  our  net  income  of
$88.5  million  and  net  non-cash  charges  of  $32.4  million,  both  partially  offset  by  net  cash  used  by  changes  in  our  operating  assets  and  liabilities  of
$25.9  million.  The  net  cash  used  by  changes  in  our  operating  assets  and  liabilities  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  was  primarily  due  to  a
$25.7 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in sales and timing of the related collections; a $25.6 million decrease in deferred revenue
primarily  due  to  recognition  of  $14.4  million  of  revenue  upon  the  product  acceptance  by  a  customer  in  Asia-Pacific  and  recognition  of  $8.5  million  of
revenue upon the expiration of a trade-in right for a customer in North America; a $6.5 million decrease in accounts payable primarily attributable to timing
of our payments for purchases of inventory; and a $3.2 million decrease in accrued income taxes due to the timing of payments. These uses of cash were
partially offset by a $21.9 million decrease in inventory due to shipments of our software-centric broadband products to customers; a $10.2 million increase in
accrued  expenses  and  other  current  liabilities,  which  included  an  increase  of  $8.4  million  for  accrued  customer  incentives;  and  a  $3.5  million  decrease  in
prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Investing Activities

Prior to the NetComm acquisition on July 1, 2019, our investing activities have consisted primarily of expenditures for lab and computer equipment
and software to support the development of new products and increase our manufacturing capacity to meet customer demand for our products. In addition, our
investing activities include expansion of and improvements to our facilities. As our business expands, we expect that we will continue to invest in these areas.

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  was  $118.0  million  and  consisted  of  consideration  paid  for  the

NetComm acquisition, net of cash acquired, of $109.4 million and $8.6 million of purchases of property and equipment.

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  was  $8.0  million  and  consisted  of  purchases  of  property  and

equipment.

Net cash provided by investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2017 was $7.6 million and consisted of $14.6 million of proceeds from

maturities of marketable securities, partially offset by $7.0 million for purchases of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $9.5 million and consisted of debt principal repayments of $6.8
million, dividend and equitable adjustment payments of $2.6 million and repurchases of common stock of $1.8 million, payment of taxes on behalf of our
employees related to net share settlement of equity awards of $1.0 million, partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $2.7 million.

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018 was $68.3 million and consisted of repurchases of common stock of
$75.1  million,  dividend  and  equitable  adjustment  payments  of  $7.3  million,  debt  principal  repayments  of  $3.3  million  and  offering  costs  of  $1.1  million,
partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $14.7 million and profit disgorgement of $3.8 million by certain selling stockholders in our
follow-on public offering.

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2017 was $172.7 million and consisted primarily of dividend and equitable
adjustment  payments  of  $246.6  million,  payment  of  taxes  on  behalf  of  our  employees  related  to  net  share  settlement  of  equity  awards  of  $4.0  million,
principal repayments of our term loan facility and commercial mortgage of $3.3 million and payments of initial public offering costs of $2.4 million, partially
offset by proceeds received from our initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of $83.4 million and proceeds from the exercise
of stock options of $0.3 million.

59

Commercial Mortgage Loan

In  July  2015,  we  entered  into  an  $8.0  million  commercial  mortgage  loan  agreement.  The  annual  interest  rate  on  the  loan  is  3.5%,  and  the  loan  is
repayable in 60 monthly installments of principal and interest based on a 20-year amortization schedule. The loan is secured by the land and building, which
are our corporate offices, purchased in March 2015, and contains annual affirmative, negative and financial covenants, including maintenance of a minimum
debt service ratio. We were in compliance with all the covenants of the mortgage loan as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. As of December 31, 2019 and
2018, the outstanding principal amount under the mortgage loan was $6.6 million and $7.0 million, respectively.

Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facilities

On December 20, 2016, we entered into a credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, various lenders and JPMorgan

Chase Bank, N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, providing for:

•

•

a term loan facility of $300.0 million; and

a revolving credit facility of up to $25.0 million in revolving credit loans and letters of credit.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had borrowings of $291.0 million and $294.0 million, respectively, outstanding under the term loan facility
and as of December 31, 2019 we did not have any outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility; however, we had used $1.3 million under the
revolving credit facility for two stand-by letters of credit, one which serves as collateral to one of our customers pursuant to a contractual obligation and one
which is used as collateral for operating leases in Australia. As of December 31, 2018, we did not have any outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit
facility.  In  addition,  we  may,  subject  to  certain  conditions,  including  the  consent  of  the  administrative  agent  and  the  institutions  providing  such  increases,
increase the facilities by an unlimited amount so long as we are in compliance with specified leverage ratios, or otherwise by up to $70.0 million.

Borrowings under the facilities bear interest at a floating rate, which can be either a Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin or, at our option, a base
rate (defined as the highest of (x) the JPMorgan Chase, N.A. prime rate, (y) the federal funds effective rate, plus one-half percent (0.50%) per annum and (z) a
one-month Eurodollar rate plus 1.00% per annum) plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for borrowings under the term loan facility is 4.00% per
annum for Eurodollar rate loans (subject to a 1.00% per annum interest rate floor) and 3.00% per annum for base rate loans. As a result of the completion of
our initial public offering in December 2017, the applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit facility is 1.75% per annum for Eurodollar rate
loans and 0.75% per annum for base rate loans, subject to reduction based on our maintaining of specified net leverage ratios. The interest rates payable under
the facilities are subject to an increase of 2.00% per annum during the continuance of any payment default.

For Eurodollar rate loans, we may select interest periods of one, three or six months or, with the consent of all relevant affected lenders, twelve months.
Interest will be payable at the end of the selected interest period, but no less frequently than every three months within the selected interest period. Interest on any
base rate loan is not set for any specified period and is payable quarterly. We have the right to convert Eurodollar rate loans into base rate loans and the right to
convert base rate loans into Eurodollar rate loans at our option, subject, in the case of Eurodollar rate loans, to prepayment penalties if the conversion is effected
prior to the end of the applicable interest period. As of December 31, 2019, the interest rate on our borrowings under the term loan facility was 5.80% per annum,
which  was  based  on  a  one-month  Eurodollar  rate  of  1.80%  per  annum  plus  the  applicable  margin  of  4.00%  per  annum  for  Eurodollar  rate  loans.  As  of
December 31, 2018, the interest rate on the term loans was 6.52% per annum, which was based on a one-month Eurodollar rate at the applicable floor of 2.52%
per annum plus the applicable margin of 4.00% per annum for Eurodollar rate loans.

The revolving credit facility also requires payment of quarterly commitment fees at a rate of 0.25% per annum on the difference between committed

amounts and amounts actually borrowed under the facility and customary letter of credit fees.

The term loan facility matures on December 20, 2023 and the revolving credit facility matures on December 20, 2021. The term loan facility is subject
to  amortization  in  equal  quarterly  installments,  which  commenced  on  March  31,  2017,  of  principal  in  an  annual  aggregate  amount  equal  to  1.0%  of  the
original principal amount of the term loans of $300.0 million, with the remaining outstanding balance payable at the date of maturity.

60

 
 
Voluntary prepayments of principal amounts outstanding under the term loan facility are permitted at any time; however, if a prepayment of principal
is made with respect to a Eurodollar loan on a date other than the last day of the applicable interest period, we are required to compensate the lenders for any
funding losses and expenses incurred as a result of the prepayment. Prior to the revolving credit facility maturity date, funds borrowed under the revolving
credit facility may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed, without premium or penalty.

In addition, we are required to make mandatory prepayments under the facilities with respect to (i) 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain asset
dispositions (including casualty and condemnation events) by us or certain of our subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions and reinvestment provisions, (ii)
100% of the net cash proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of any additional debt by us or certain of our subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, and
(iii) 50% of our excess cash flow, as defined in the credit agreement, subject to reduction upon our achievement of specified performance targets.

The facilities are secured by, among other things, a first priority security interest, subject to permitted liens, in substantially all of our assets and all of
the assets of certain of our subsidiaries and a pledge of certain of the stock of certain of our subsidiaries, in each case subject to specified exceptions. The
facilities contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including certain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, and, with respect only to the
revolving credit facility, a financial covenant requiring us to maintain a specified total net leverage ratio, in the event that on the last day of any fiscal quarter,
we have utilized more than 30% of our borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility (subject to certain exceptions). The facility contains a cross-
default provision, whereby, if repayment of borrowings under the revolving credit facility are accelerated due to a default of the net leverage ratio covenant,
repayment of the outstanding term loan balance could also be accelerated. Because the financial covenant under the revolving credit facility only applies if
outstanding utilization thereunder exceed 30% of the total borrowing capacity on the last day of each fiscal quarter, this cross-default provision has the effect
of limiting our ability to utilize more than 30% of our total borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility of $25.0 million if both our net leverage
ratio  exceeds  the  maximum  permitted  by  the  agreement  and  we  would  not  otherwise  be  able  to  reduce  our  outstanding  utilization  of  the  revolving  credit
facility to below the 30% testing threshold prior to the last day of any quarter. Our net leverage ratio exceeded the maximum on December 31, 2019; however,
as our utilization of the revolving credit facility did not exceed the 30% testing threshold on December 31, 2019, we were not in default the revolving credit
facility as a result of our net leverage ratio exceeding the maximum permitted amount. We were in compliance with all other applicable covenants of the
facilities as of December 31, 2019 and with all applicable covenants as of December 31, 2018. We do not expect to require the use of the revolving credit
facility to fund operations during the next 12 months.

Stock Repurchase Program

On February 21, 2019, we announced a stock repurchase program under which we were authorized to repurchase up to $75.0 million of our common
stock.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  we  repurchased  0.5  million  shares  of  our  common  stock  for  approximately  $1.8  million,  before
commissions. As of December 31, 2019, approximately $73.2 million remained authorized for repurchases of our common stock under the stock repurchase
program.  The  stock  repurchase  program  has  no  expiration  date,  does  not  require  us  to  purchase  a  minimum  number  of  shares,  and  may  be  suspended,
modified or discontinued at any time without prior notice.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2019.

Debt obligations—Term loans(1)
Debt obligations—Commercial mortgage(2)
Operating leases(3)
Total

Total

Less than
1 Year

Payments Due by Period
1 to 3
Years

3 to 5
Years

More than
5 Years

(in thousands)

  $

  $

358,165    $
6,780     
4,330     
369,275    $

20,091    $
6,780     
2,723     
29,594    $

39,559    $
—     
1,602     
41,161    $

298,515    $
—     
5     
298,520    $

— 
— 
— 
—

(1)

Amounts in the table reflect the contractually required principal and interest payable pursuant to outstanding borrowings under our term loan facility.
For purposes of this table, the interest due under the term loan facility was calculated using an assumed interest rate of 5.80% per annum, which was
the interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2019.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
(2)

(3)

Amounts  in  the  table  reflect  the  contractually  required  principal  and  interest  payable  pursuant  to  outstanding  borrowings  under  our  commercial
mortgage.
Amounts in the table reflect payments due for our lease of manufacturing, warehouse and office space in the United States, China, Hong Kong, Spain,
Australia and the United Kingdom under non-cancelable operating leases that expire through 2023. We also have a lease in Ireland that expires in
2026, but provides us the right to terminate in 2021.

We  enter  into  purchase  agreements  with  our  contract  manufacturers  and  suppliers,  generally  with  terms  of  a  year  or  more. We  have  no  minimum

purchase requirements under these agreements.

The  contractual  obligations  table  above  excludes  $2.2  million  of  long-term  taxes  payable  related  to  the  mandatory  deemed  repatriation  tax  on

undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries under the TCJA.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America, or GAAP. In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we make estimates, assumptions and judgments that can have a significant effect on
our reported revenue, results of operations and net income or loss, as well as on the value of certain assets and liabilities on our balance sheet during and as of
the reporting periods. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary because future events and their effects on our results and the value of our
assets cannot be determined with certainty and are made based on our historical experience and on other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under
the  circumstances.  We  evaluate  our  estimates  and  assumptions  on  an  ongoing  basis.  These  estimates  may  change  as  new  events  occur  or  additional
information is obtained, and we may periodically be faced with uncertainties, the outcomes of which are not within our control and may not be known for a
prolonged period of time. As the use of estimates is inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation
of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Effective  January  1,  2019,  we  adopted  ASC  Topic  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers,  or  “ASC  606”,  using  the  modified  retrospective
transition  method.   This  method  was  applied  to  contracts  that  were  not  complete  as  of  the  date  of  initial  application.  The  following  is  a  summary  of  new
and/or revised significant accounting policies affected by our adoption of ASC 606, which relate primarily to revenue and cost recognition.

We generate revenue from sales of our products, along with associated maintenance, support and extended hardware warranty services, and, to a lesser
extent, from sales of professional services. We also generate revenue from sales of additional line cards and software-based capacity expansions. Maintenance
and support services include telephone support, bug fixes and unspecified software upgrades and updates provided on a when-and-if-available basis and/or
extended hardware warranty.

In our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, revenue from sales of broadband products, Axyom products and fixed
wireless  access  and  fiber-to-the-distribution-point  (FTTdp)  devices  are  classified  as  product  revenue,  and  revenue  from  maintenance  and  support  and
professional services is classified as service revenue.

In  accordance  with  ASC  606,  revenue  is  recognized  when  a  customer  obtains  control  of  promised  products  or  services.  The  amount  of  revenue
recognized reflects the consideration that we expect to be entitled to receive in exchange for these products or services. To achieve the core principle of this
standard, we apply the following five steps:

1)  Identify  the  contract  with  a  customer  -  We  consider  binding  contracts  and/or  purchase  orders  to  be  customer  contracts,  provided  collection  is
probable. Collectability is assessed based on a number of factors that generally include information supplied by credit agencies, references and/or analysis of
customer  accounts  and  payment  history.  We  combine  contracts  with  customers  if  those  contracts  were  negotiated  as  a  single  deal  or  contain  price
dependencies.

62

2) Identify the performance obligations in the contract - Performance obligations are identified as products and services that will be transferred to the
customer  that  are  both  capable  of  being  distinct,  whereby  the  customer  can  benefit  from  the  product  or  service  either  on  its  own  or  together  with  other
resources that are readily available from third parties or from us, and are distinct in the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the products or services
is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.

3) Determine the transaction price - The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for
transferring  products  or  services  to  the  customer.  Variable  consideration  is  included  in  the  transaction  price  if,  in  our  judgment,  it  is  probable  that  no
significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will occur.

4) Allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract - The transaction price is allocated to performance obligations based on a

relative standalone selling price (“SSP”).

5)  Recognize  revenue  when  or  as  we  satisfy  a  performance  obligation  -  Revenue  from  product  sales  is  recognized  upon  delivery  to  the  customer,

which is generally when control of the asset has passed to the customer.

Performance Obligations

The majority of our contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations including products and maintenance services, and on a limited
basis, professional services. For these contracts, we account for individual performance obligations separately if they are considered distinct. Our broadband
products,  Axyom  products,  maintenance  services  and  professional  services  are  considered  distinct  performance  obligations.  When  multiple  performance
obligations exist in a customer contract, the transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative SSP basis. Determination of
SSP requires judgment and is based on the best evidence available which may include the standalone selling price of products when sold on a standalone basis
to similar customers in similar circumstances, or in the absence of standalone sales, taking into consideration our historical pricing practices by customer type,
selling method (i.e. resellers or direct), and geographic-specific market factors.

Product revenue

Our  broadband  products  have  both  software  and  non-software  (i.e.,  hardware)  components  that  function  together  to  deliver  the  products’  essential
functionality.  Broadband  hardware  products  generally  cannot  be  used  apart  from  the  embedded  software  and  are  considered  one  distinct  performance
obligation. Revenue on broadband hardware products with embedded software is recognized at a point in time when control of the products is transferred to
the customer, which is typically when risk of loss has transferred and the right to payment is enforceable. This is generally when the product has shipped or
been delivered, based on agreed-upon shipping terms. We also earn revenue from the sale of software-enabled capacity expansions. Revenue on software-
enabled capacity expansions are distinct performance obligations as they are separately identifiable and provide additional bandwidth capacity on hardware
products already purchased by the customer. Revenue is recognized on software-enabled capacity expansions when control is transferred, which is typically
when risk of loss has transferred and the right to payment is enforceable. This is generally when the software-based capacity expansions are made available to
the customer.

In addition, we also generate revenue from the sale of our Axyom software platform and related delivery platform hardware including indoor and
outdoor  Apex  small  cells.  Perpetual  licenses  and  hardware  are  distinct  performance  obligations  as  they  are  separately  identifiable,  and  the  customer  can
benefit from the licenses and hardware on their own. Revenue is recognized at a point in time when control of the products is transferred to the customer,
which is typically when risk of loss has transferred and the right to payment is enforceable. Generally, this occurs when software licenses are made available
to customers and hardware products are shipped or delivered, based on agreed-upon shipping terms.

We also generate revenue from the sale of fixed wireless access and fiber-to-the-distribution-point (FTTdp) devices, the product line acquired via our
acquisition  of  NetComm  on  July  1,  2019.  The  arrangements  consist  of  a  single  hardware  element  making  it  a  distinct  performance  obligation  as  they  are
separately identifiable, and the customer can benefit from the hardware on their own. Revenue is generally recognized at a point in time when control of the
asset is transferred to the customer. Generally, this occurs when hardware products are shipped or delivered, based on agreed-upon shipping terms.

When customer contracts require acceptance of product and services, we consider  the  nature  of  the  acceptance  provisions  to  determine  if  they  are
substantive or considered a formality that does not impact the timing of revenue recognition. When acceptance provisions are considered substantive, we will
defer  revenue  on  all  performance  obligations  in  the  contract  subject  to  acceptance  until  acceptance  has  been  received.  We  do  not  defer  revenue  when
acceptance provisions are deemed perfunctory.

63

Maintenance and Support Services Revenue and Professional Services Revenue

Our broadband and Axyom products are sold with maintenance and support services, a distinct performance obligation, that includes the stand-ready
obligation to provide telephone support, bug fixes and unspecified software upgrades and updates provided on a when-and-if-available basis and/or extended
hardware warranty. Our fixed wireless access and fiber-to-the-distribution-point (FTTdp) devices generally do not have a support component. After the initial
sale, customers may purchase annual renewals of support contracts. Our telephone support and unspecified upgrades and updates are delivered over time and
therefore revenue is recognized ratably over the contract term, which is typically one year, but can be as long as three to five years. We also generate revenue
from  sales  of  professional  services,  such  as  installation,  configuration  and  training.  Professional  services  are  a  distinct  performance  obligation  since  our
products are functional without these services and can generally be performed by the customer or a third party. Professional services are generally delivered
over  time,  with  revenue  recognized  as  services  are  performed,  which  is  generally  based  on  labor  hours  incurred  during  the  period  compared  to  the  total
estimated labor hours.

The sale of our products generally includes a 90-day warranty on the software and a one-year warranty on the hardware component of the products,
which includes repair or replacement of the applicable hardware. These warranties are to ensure the products perform in accordance with our specifications
and are therefore not a performance obligation. We record a warranty accrual for the initial software and hardware warranty included with product sales and
do not defer revenue.

Resellers and Sales Agents

We market and sell our products through our direct global sales force, supported by sales agents, and through resellers. Our resellers receive an order
from an end customer prior to placing an order with us, and we confirm the identification of or are aware of the end customer prior to accepting such an order.
We invoice the reseller an amount that reflects a reseller discount and record revenue based on the amount of the discounted transaction value. Our resellers
do not stock inventory received from us.

When we transact with a reseller, the contract is with the reseller and not with the end customer. Whether we transact business with and receive the

order from a reseller or directly from an end customer, our revenue recognition policy and resulting pattern of revenue recognition for the order are the same.

We also use sales agents that assist in the sales process with certain customers primarily located in the Latin America and Asia-Pacific regions. Sales
agents are not resellers. If a sales agent is engaged in the sales process, then we receive the order directly from and sell the products and services directly to
the end customer, and we pay a commission to the sales agent, calculated as a percentage of the related transaction value. Accounting considerations related
to sales agent commissions are discussed in the “Costs to Obtain or Fulfill a Contract” section below.

We have assessed whether we are the principal (i.e., reports revenues on a gross basis) or agent (i.e., reports revenues on a net basis) by evaluating
whether we have control of the good or service before it is transferred to the customer. Generally, we control the promised good or service before transferring
it to the customer and act as the principal in the transaction. Accordingly, we report revenues on a gross basis.

Costs to Obtain or Fulfill a Contract

We capitalize commission expenses paid to internal sales personnel and sales agent commissions that are incremental to obtaining customer contracts,
for which the related revenue is recognized over a future period. These costs are incurred on initial sales of product, maintenance and professional services
and maintenance and support contract renewals. We defer these costs and amortize them over the period of benefit, which we generally consider to be the
contract term or length of the longest delivery period as contract capitalization costs in the consolidated balance sheets. Commissions paid relating to contract
renewals  are  deferred  and  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  related  renewal  period  as  commissions  paid  on  renewals  are  commensurate  with
commissions  paid  on  initial  sales  transactions.  We  periodically  review  the  carrying  amount  of  capitalized  contract  costs  to  determine  whether  events  or
changes in circumstances have occurred that could impact the period of benefit.

We also pay commissions on maintenance and support contract renewals. Commissions paid on renewals are commensurate with commissions paid
on the initial maintenance and support contracts. These commissions are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the related renewal period. Costs
to obtain a contract for professional services contracts are expensed as incurred in accordance with the practical expedient as the contractual period of our
professional services contracts are one year or less.

64

Deferred Revenue

Amounts billed in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue. Deferred revenue includes customer deposits, amounts billed for
maintenance and support services contracts in advance of services being performed, amounts for trade-in right liabilities and amounts related to contracts that
have been deferred as a result of not meeting the required revenue recognition criteria as of the end of the reporting period. Deferred revenue expected to be
recognized as revenue more than one year subsequent to the balance sheet date is reported within long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

We defer recognition of direct costs, such as cost of goods and services, until recognition of the related revenue. Such costs are classified as current
assets if the related deferred revenue is classified as current, and such costs are classified as non-current assets if the related deferred revenue is classified as
non-current.

Other Revenue Recognition Policies

Our customary payment terms are generally one year or less. We have elected to apply the practical expedient that allows an entity to not adjust the
promised amount of consideration in customer contracts for the effect of a significant financing component when the period between the transfer of product
and  services  and  payment  of  the  related  consideration  is  less  than  one  year.  If  we  provide  extended  payment  terms  that  represent  a  significant  financing
component, we adjust the amount of promised consideration for the time value of money using our discounted rate and recognize interest income separately
from the revenue recognized on contracts with customers. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded $160 in interest income in the consolidated
statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

In  limited  instances,  we  have  offered  future  rebates  to  customers  based  on  a  fixed  or  variable  percentage  of  actual  sales  volumes  over  specified
periods. The future rebates earned based on the customer’s purchasing from us in one period may be used as credits to be applied by them against accounts
receivable due to us in later periods. We account for these future rebates as variable consideration and reduce the transaction price to the extent it is probable
that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the variable consideration is resolved. The reduction of the transaction price
is estimated based on historical activity and other relevant factors and is recognized when we recognize revenue for the transfer of goods and services to the
customer on which the future rebate was earned.  Other forms of contingent revenue or variable consideration are infrequent.

When  a  customer  contract  includes  future  trade-in  rights,  which  are  distinct  performance  obligations,  we  account  for  the  customer  contract  by
recognizing the revenue on the products transferred, deferring revenue allocated to the future product based on a relative standalone selling price, and an asset
for  the  value  of  the  trade-in  product  to  be  recovered  from  the  customer  upon  delivery  of  the  future  product.  We  assess  and  update  these  estimates  each
reporting period, and updates to these estimates may result in either an increase or decrease in the amount of the future product liability and product return
asset. We recognize revenue allocated to the future product when the product has shipped or been delivered, and control has transferred. As of December 31,
2019, there were no future product liabilities or product return assets.

We exclude any taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction (e.g., sales, use and value

added taxes) from its transaction price.

Billings to customers for reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, including travel, lodging and meals, are recorded as revenue, and the associated
costs incurred by us for those items are recorded as cost of revenue. Revenue related to the reimbursement of out-of-pocket costs are accounted for as variable
consideration.

We account for any shipping and handling activities as a fulfillment cost rather than an additional promised service. Shipping and handling billed to

customers is recorded as an offset to cost of revenue.

Contract Balances

Contract  liabilities  consist  of  deferred  revenue  and  include  payments  received  in  advance  of  performance  under  the  contract.  Such  amounts  are
recognized  as  revenue  when  we  satisfy  our  performance  obligations,  consistent  with  the  above  methodology.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  we
recognized $22,273 of revenue that was included in deferred revenue as of January 1, 2019.

65

We receive payments from customers based upon contractual billing terms. Accounts receivable are recorded when the right to consideration becomes
unconditional.  Contract  assets  include  amounts  related  to  our  contractual  right  to  consideration  for  both  completed  and  partially  completed  performance
obligations that may not have been invoiced. As of December 31, 2019, we included contract assets of $47 in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  aggregate  remaining  amount  of  revenue  expected  to  be  recognized  related  to  unsatisfied  or  partially  unsatisfied
performance  obligations  is  $30,068.  We  expect  approximately  85%  of  this  amount  to  be  recognized  in  the  next  twelve  months  with  the  remainder  to  be
recognized over the next two to five years.

Disaggregation of Revenue

We  disaggregate  our  revenue  by  product  and  service  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  (loss)  income.  Performance
obligations related to product revenue are recognized at a point in time, while performance obligations related to service revenue are recognized over time.
We also disaggregate our revenue based on geographic locations of its customers, as determined by the customer’s shipping address.

Inventories

Inventories  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  value.  Cost  is  computed  using  the  first-in  first-out  convention.  Inventories  are  composed  of
hardware and related component parts of finished goods. We establish provisions for excess and obsolete inventories after evaluating historical sales, future
demand, market conditions, expected product life cycles, and current inventory levels to reduce such inventories to their estimated net realizable value. Such
provisions are made in the normal course of business and charged to cost of revenue in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss)
income.

Deferred inventory costs are included within inventory in our consolidated balance sheets. Deferred inventory costs represent the cost of products that
have  been  delivered  to  the  customer  for  which  revenue  associated  with  the  arrangement  has  been  deferred  as  a  result  of  not  meeting  all  of  the  required
revenue  recognition  criteria,  such  as  receipt  of  customer  acceptance.  Until  the  revenue  recognition  criteria  are  met,  we  retain  the  right  to  a  return  of  the
underlying  inventory.  Deferred  inventory  costs  are  recognized  as  cost  of  revenue  in  our  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  (loss)
income when the related revenue is recognized.

Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  purchase  price  over  the  estimated  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  as  of  the  acquisition  date.  We  test  goodwill  for
impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests when impairment indicators are identified, and goodwill is written down when impaired. Goodwill
has been recognized in connection with the acquisition of NetComm on July 1, 2019 (refer to Note 3).

We perform its annual goodwill impairment test during its fourth quarter. For its annual goodwill impairment test, we operate under one reporting unit
and the fair value of its reporting unit has been determined based on our enterprise value. As part of the annual goodwill impairment test, we have the option
to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. Examples of events and circumstances that might indicate
that  the  reporting  unit’s  fair  value  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount  include  macro-economic  conditions  such  as  deterioration  in  the  entity’s  operating
environment or industry or market considerations; entity-specific events such as increasing costs, declining financial performance, or loss of key personnel; or
other events such as a sustained decrease in the stock price on either an absolute basis or relative to peers. If, as a result of its qualitative assessment, it is more
likely than not (i.e., greater than 50% chance) that the fair value of our reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test will be
required. Otherwise, no further testing will be required. The Company completed its qualitative assessment and concluded that as of December 31, 2019, it is
not more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.

Product Warranties

Substantially all of our products are covered by a warranty for software and hardware for periods ranging from 90 days to one year. In addition, in
conjunction with customers’ renewals of maintenance and support contracts, we offer an extended warranty for periods typically of one to three years for
agreed-upon fees. In the event of a failure of a hardware product or

66

software  covered  by  these  warranties,  we  must  repair  or  replace  the  software  or  hardware  or,  if  those  remedies  are  insufficient,  provide  a  refund  at  our
discretion.  Our  warranty  reserve,  which  is  included  in  accrued  expenses  and  other  current  liabilities  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets,  reflects  estimated
material, labor and other costs related to potential or actual software and hardware warranty claims for which we expect to incur an obligation. Our estimates
of anticipated rates of warranty claims and the costs associated therewith are primarily based on historical information and future forecasts. We periodically
assess the adequacy of the warranty reserve and adjust the amount as necessary. If the historical data used to calculate the adequacy of the warranty reserve
are not indicative of future requirements, additional or reduced warranty reserves may be required.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected
future  tax  consequences  of  temporary  differences  between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities,  as  measured  by  enacted  tax  rates
anticipated to be in effect when these differences reverse. This method also requires the recognition of future tax benefits to the extent that realization of such
benefits is more likely than not. Deferred tax expense or benefit is the result of changes in the deferred tax assets and liabilities. We assess the likelihood that
our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe, based upon the weight of available evidence, that it is more
likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we establish a valuation allowance through a charge to income tax expense.
We  evaluate  the  potential  for  recovery  of  deferred  tax  assets  by  estimating  the  future  taxable  profits  expected  and  considering  prudent  and  feasible  tax
planning strategies. As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  determined  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  a  portion  of  our  net  U.S.  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be
realized, and thus have recognized a valuation allowance of $39,124 against our net U.S. deferred tax assets that are not expected to be realized, an increase of
$35,198 during the year ended December 31, 2019 (see Note 9).

We record a liability for potential payments of taxes to various tax authorities related to uncertain tax positions and other tax matters. The recorded
liability is based on a determination of whether and how much of a tax benefit in our tax filings or positions is more likely than not to be realized. The amount
of the benefit that may be recognized in the financial statements is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate
settlement. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is
made. We establish a liability, which is included in accrued income taxes in our consolidated balance sheets, for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates
of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These liabilities are established when we believe that certain positions might be challenged
despite  our  belief  that  the  tax  return  positions  are  fully  supportable.  We  adjust  the  recorded  liability  in  light  of  changing  facts  and  circumstances.  Our
provision for income taxes includes the impact of the recorded liability and changes thereto.

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions within other income (expense) in our consolidated statements of operations and

comprehensive income. Accrued interest and penalties are included in accrued income taxes in our consolidated balance sheets.

On December 22, 2017, the TCJA was enacted which, among other things, lowered the U.S. corporate income tax rate to 21% from 35%, repealed the
domestic  production  activity  deductions,  limited  the  deductibility  of  certain  executive  compensation  and  interest  expense,  and  established  a  modified
territorial system requiring a mandatory deemed repatriation tax on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Beginning in 2018, the TCJA also requires
a minimum tax on certain future earnings generated by foreign subsidiaries while providing for future tax-free repatriation of such earnings through a 100%
dividends-received deduction.

While  the  intent  of  TCJA  was  to  provide  for  a  territorial  tax  system,  effective  for  taxable  years  beginning  after  January  1,  2018,  taxpayers  are
subjected to the GILTI provisions. The GILTI provisions require us to currently recognize in U.S. taxable income a deemed dividend inclusion of foreign
subsidiary earnings in excess of an allowable return on the foreign subsidiary’s tangible assets. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we
recorded an income tax charge of $0.9 million and $4.4 million, respectively, related to GILTI.  We have made an accounting policy election, as allowed by
the SEC and FASB, to recognize the impacts of GILTI within the period incurred.  Therefore, no U.S. deferred taxes are provided on GILTI inclusions of
future foreign subsidiary earnings.

Stock-Based Compensation

We  measure  stock  options  and  other  stock-based  awards  granted  to  employees  and  directors  based  on  the  fair  value  on  the  date  of  the  grant  and
recognize compensation expense of those awards, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the
respective award. Generally, we issue stock options with only service-based vesting conditions and record the expense for these awards using the straight-line
method.

67

For stock-based awards granted to non-employee consultants, compensation expense is recognized over the period during which services are rendered
by such non-employee consultants until completed. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, the fair value of these
awards is remeasured using the then-current fair value of our common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

We have also granted SARs to certain employees, which require us to pay in cash upon exercise an amount equal to the product of the excess of the
per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares of common stock with
respect  to  which  the  SAR  is  exercised.  Because  these  awards  may  require  us  to  settle  the  awards  in  cash,  they  are  accounted  for  as  a  liability  in  our
consolidated  balance  sheets.  The  liability  related  to  these  awards,  as  well  as  related  compensation  expense,  is  recognized  over  the  period  during  which
services  are  rendered  until  completed.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  SAR  liability  are  estimated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  and  are
recorded in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. After vesting is completed, we will continue to remeasure the fair
market  value  of  the  liability  until  the  award  is  either  exercised  or  canceled,  with  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  liability  recorded  in  our  consolidated
statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

We estimate the fair value of each stock option and SAR grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which uses as inputs the fair value of
our common stock and assumptions we make for the volatility of our common stock, the expected term of the award, the risk-free interest rate for a period
that approximates the expected term of our stock options and our expected dividend yield.

Determination of Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Dates prior to our Initial Public Offering

Given the absence of an active market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering, the estimated fair value of our common stock was
determined by our board of directors at the time of each award grant based upon several factors, including our consideration of input from management, our
most recently available third-party valuations of common stock and our board of directors’ assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it
believed were relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant. These third-party valuations
were  performed  in  accordance  with  the  guidance  outlined  in  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants’  Accounting  and  Valuation  Guide,
Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation using either the hybrid method or the option-pricing method, or OPM, which
used  a  combination  of  income  and  market  approaches  to  estimate  our  enterprise  value.  Cash  is  added  and  interest-bearing  debt  is  subtracted  from  the
estimated enterprise value in order to estimate the underlying equity value. The hybrid method is a probability-weighed expected return method, or PWERM,
where the equity value in one or more of the scenarios is allocated using an OPM. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the
total  equity  value  of  a  company,  with  exercise  prices  based  on  the  value  thresholds  at  which  the  allocation  among  the  various  holders  of  a  company’s
securities  changes.  Under  this  method,  the  common  stock  has  value  only  if  the  funds  available  for  distribution  to  stockholders  exceed  the  value  of  the
preferred stock liquidation preferences at the time of a liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or merger. The PWERM is a scenario-based methodology that
estimates the fair value of common stock based upon an analysis of future values for us, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the
probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each
class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate
and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock.

Stock-Based Award Grants in Connection with and Following Our Initial Public Offering

Our board of directors approved, effective upon the commencement of trading of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, grants of
options to purchase an aggregate of 625,000 shares of common stock, with an exercise price per share equal to the estimated fair market value of our common
stock on such date of grant, which our board of directors determined to be equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock, to certain of our
employees and restricted stock units for an aggregate of 34,614 shares of common stock to one of our non-employee directors.

Following our initial public offering, the exercise price per share of stock-based award grants will be set at the closing price of our common stock on

the Nasdaq Global Select Market on the applicable date of grant, which our board of directors believes represents the fair value of our common stock.

68

 
Emerging Growth Company Status

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended
transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. However, we have elected not to “opt out” of such
extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we
will adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard, provided that we continue to be an emerging growth
company.  The  JOBS  Act  provides  that  our  decision  to  take  advantage  of  the  extended  transition  period  for  complying  with  new  or  revised  accounting
standards is irrevocable.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K,

such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to the “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” footnote within our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual

Report on Form 10-K for our analysis of recent accounting pronouncements that are applicable to our business.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The
value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes.
We are exposed to market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for
speculative or trading purposes. However, we have entered into, and in the future expect to continue to enter into, exchange rate hedging arrangements to
manage certain of the risks described below.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We have accounts receivables denominated in foreign currencies, and our operations outside of the United States incur their operating expenses in
foreign currencies. The majority of our product sales and inventory purchases are denominated in U.S. dollars. For our subsidiaries in Ireland and Australia,
the U.S. dollar is the functional currency. For each of our other foreign subsidiaries, the functional currency is the local currency. During the years ended
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we incurred foreign currency transaction gains (losses) of $0.3 million, $(0.9) million and $0.9 million, respectively,
primarily related to unrealized and realized foreign currency gains (losses) for accounts receivable denominated in foreign currencies and operating expenses
that are denominated in local currencies. These foreign currency transaction gains (losses) were recorded as a component of other income (expense), net in
our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. We believe that a 10% change in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and
euro  and  between  the  U.S.  dollar  and  Australian  dollar  would  not  materially  impact  our  operating  results  or  financial  position.  We  entered  into  foreign
currency exchange contracts during the year ended December 31, 2019 that mature in the first quarter of 2020, and we expect to continue to hedge certain
significant transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar in the future.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 consisted of cash maintained in FDIC-insured operating accounts as well as investments in
money  market  mutual  funds  and  certificates  of  deposit.  We  also  have  policies  requiring  us  to  invest  in  high-quality  issuers,  limit  our  exposure  to  any
individual issuer, and ensure adequate liquidity. Our primary exposure to market risk for our cash and cash equivalents is interest income sensitivity, which is
primarily affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. However, we do not believe a sudden change in the interest rates for our cash and cash
equivalents would have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

69

We  have  a  credit  agreement  that  provides  us  with  a  term  loan  facility  of  $300.0  million  and  a  revolving  credit  facility  of  up  to  $25.0  million  in
revolving  credit  loans  and  letters  of  credit.  Borrowings  under  the  facilities  bear  interest  at  a  floating  rate,  which  can  be  either  a  Eurodollar  rate  plus  an
applicable margin or, at our option, a base rate (defined as the highest of (x) the JPMorgan Chase, N.A. prime rate, (y) the federal funds effective rate, plus
one-half  percent  (0.50%)  per  annum  and  (z)  a  one-month  Eurodollar  rate  plus  1.00%  per  annum)  plus  an  applicable  margin.  The  applicable  margin  for
borrowings under the term loan facility is 4.00% per annum for Eurodollar rate loans (subject to a 1.00% per annum interest rate floor) and 3.00% per annum
for base rate loans. As a result of the completion of our initial public offering in December 2017, the applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving
credit  facility  is  1.75%  per  annum  for  Eurodollar  rate  loans  and  0.75%  per  annum  for  base  rate  loans,  subject  to  reduction  based  on  our  maintaining  of
specified net leverage ratios.

As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  had  borrowings  of  $291.0  million  outstanding  under  the  term  loan  facility,  bearing  interest  at  a  rate  of  5.80%  per
annum,  which  was  based  on  a  one-month  Eurodollar  rate  of  1.80%  per  annum  plus  the  applicable  margin  of  4.00%  per  annum  for  Eurodollar  rate  loans.
Changes  in  interest  rates  could  cause  interest  charges  on  our  term  loan  facility  to  fluctuate.  Based  on  the  amount  of  borrowings  outstanding  as  of
December 31, 2019, an increase of 10%, or approximately 18 basis points, in the one-month Eurodollar rate as of December 31, 2019 would cause pre-tax
decreases to our earnings and cash flows of approximately $0.5 million per year, assuming that such rate were to remain in effect for a year. A decrease of
10%, or approximately 18 basis points, in the one-month Eurodollar rate as of December 31, 2019 would cause pre-tax increases to our earnings and cash
flows of approximately $0.5 million, assuming that such rate were to remain in effect for a year.

As of December 31, 2019, we were not exposed to interest rate risk under the revolving credit facility as a result of having no outstanding borrowings

under the facility.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business. However, if global demand for the base materials utilized in our suppliers’
components were to significantly increase for the components we purchase from our suppliers to manufacture our products, our costs could become subject to
significant inflationary pressures, and we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm
our business, operating results and financial condition.

70

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

71

Page

72
73
74
75
76
77

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Casa Systems, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Casa Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and
December 31, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’
equity (deficit), and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as
the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Change in Accounting Principles

As  discussed  in  Note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  changed  the  manner  in  which  it  accounts  for  revenue  from  contracts  with
customers in 2019.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s
consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board
(United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error
or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits
we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud,
and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures
in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as
well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 27, 2020

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CASA SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net of provision for doubtful accounts of $20
   and $410 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid income taxes

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Accounts receivable, net of current portion
Deferred tax assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Accrued income taxes
Deferred revenue
Current portion of long-term debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs

Total current liabilities

Accrued income taxes, net of current portion
Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred revenue, net of current portion
Long-term debt, net of current portion and unamortized debt issuance costs
Other non-current liabilities
Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000 shares authorized
   as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively; no shares issued and
   outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 500,000 shares authorized as of
   December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively; 84,333 and 82,961 shares
   issued as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively
Treasury stock, at cost; 495 shares at December 31, 2019
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

113,638    $

280,587 

93,100   
93,604   
4,884   
3,217   
308,443   
35,910   
575   
69   
50,347   
41,148   
7,820   
444,312    $

25,890    $
34,567   
—   
25,485   
8,524   
94,466   
12,381   
8,993   
4,583   
284,756   
569   
405,748   

81,782 
50,997 
3,755 
390 
417,511 
29,879 
2,388 
21,578 
— 
— 
3,293 
474,649 

17,776 
36,992 
958 
31,206 
2,179 
89,111 
4,923 
— 
12,479 
293,280 
— 
399,793 

—   

— 

84   
(1,795)  
169,561   
(2,222)  
(127,064)  
38,564   
444,312    $

83 
— 
156,939 
(1,158)
(81,008)
74,856 
474,649

  $

  $

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

CASA SYSTEMS, INC.

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

Revenue:

Product
Service

Total revenue

Cost of revenue:
Product
Service

Total cost of revenue
Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development
Selling, general and administrative

Total operating expenses
(Loss) income from operations
Other income (expense):
Interest income
Interest expense
Gain (loss) on foreign currency, net
Other income, net

Total other income (expense), net

  $

241,377    $
40,920   
282,297   

256,989    $
40,138   
297,127   

113,059   
6,706   
119,765   
162,532   

83,331   
88,320   
171,651   
(9,119)  

4,406   
(20,522)  
298   
522   
(15,296)  
(24,415)  
23,791   
(48,206)  

74,350   
4,811   
79,161   
217,966   

70,974   
68,026   
139,000   
78,966   

6,259   
(19,763)  
(911)  
1,387   
(13,028)  
65,938   
(7,068)  
73,006   

(1,064)  
(49,270)   $

(1,352)  
71,654    $

311,896 
39,679 
351,575 

88,538 
4,973 
93,511 
258,064 

60,677 
61,165 
121,842 
136,222 

2,439 
(17,466)
886 
737 
(13,404)
122,818 
34,318 
88,500 

1,933 
90,433 

—    $

—    $

1.7576 

(48,206)   $

(48,206)   $

73,006    $

73,006    $

(0.57)   $

(0.57)   $

0.87    $

0.79    $

83,853   

83,853   

83,539   

91,877   

11,849 

11,849 

0.34 

0.26 

35,359 

44,972

(Loss) income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net (loss) income
Other comprehensive income (loss) —foreign currency translation
   adjustment, net of tax
Comprehensive (loss) income

Cash dividends declared per common share or common share
   equivalent

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders:

Basic

Diluted

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average shares used to compute net (loss) income per
   share attributable to common stockholders:

Basic

Diluted

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CASA SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Balances at January 1, 2017
Conversion of convertible preferred stock
   into common stock upon initial public
offering
Issuance of common stock upon initial
public offering,
   net of underwriting discounts and
commissions and
   offering costs incurred of $10,373
Exercise of stock options and common
stock issued
   upon vesting of equity awards, net of
shares
   withheld for employee taxes
Foreign currency translation adjustment,
net
   of tax of $0
Cash dividends declared ($1.7576 per
share of common
   stock, $17.5764 per share of convertible
preferred
   stock and $1.7576 per share to holders
of
   stock-based awards)
Stock-based compensation
Net income
Balances at December 31, 2017
Exercise of stock options and common
stock issued
   upon vesting of equity awards, net of
shares
   withheld for employee taxes
Foreign currency translation adjustment,
net
   of tax of $(343)
Follow-on offering selling stockholders
profit
   disgorgement, net of offering costs of
$41
Stock repurchase program
Stock-based compensation
Net income
Balances at December 31, 2018
Exercise of stock options and common
stock issued
   upon vesting of equity awards, net of
shares
   withheld for employee taxes
Foreign currency translation adjustment,
net
   of tax of $261
Effect of adopted accounting standards
(Note 2)
Repurchases of treasury shares
Stock-based compensation
Net loss
Balances at December 31, 2019

Series A, B and
C Convertible
Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Treasury Stock

Additional
Paid-in  

  Shares  
4,038 

  Amount  
  $ 97,479 

    Shares  
33,184 

  Amount  
33 
  $

  Shares  
— 

  Amount  
— 
  $

  Capital
  $

— 

(4,038)    

(97,479)      

40,382 

40 

— 

— 

97,439 

— 

— 

6,900 

7 

— 

— 

79,320 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive 
  (Loss) Income  
  $

(1,739)   $

Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated 
Deficit)

Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)

(69,997)   $

(71,703)

— 

97,479 

— 

79,327 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

  $

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

577 

— 

— 
— 
— 
81,043 

7,090 

— 

1 

— 

— 
— 
— 
81 

7 

— 

— 
(5,172)   
— 
— 
82,961 

— 
(5)   
— 
— 
83 

1,372 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
84,333 

  $

1 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
84 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
495 
— 
— 
495 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

(3,772)    

— 

— 

1,933 

— 

— 

(3,771)

1,933 

(52,365)    
8,176 
— 
128,798 

— 
— 
— 
194 

(97,420)    
— 
88,500 
(78,917)    

(149,785)
8,176 
88,500 
50,156 

— 

14,709 

— 

— 

(1,352)    

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

3,770 
— 
9,662 
— 
156,939 

— 
— 
— 
— 
(1,158)    

— 
(75,097)    
— 
73,006 
(81,008)    

1,678 

— 

— 

(1,064)    

— 

— 

— 
(1,795)   
— 
— 

— 
10,944 
— 
(1,795)   $ 169,561 

  $

  $

— 
— 
— 
(2,222)   $

2,150 
— 
— 
(48,206)    
(127,064)   $

14,716 

(1,352)

3,770 
(75,102)
9,662 
73,006 
74,856 

1,679 

(1,064)

2,150 
(1,795)
10,944 
(48,206)
38,564  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

75

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
     
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
     
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
     
   
  
   
   
   
   
     
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
     
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
     
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
     
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
 
 
 
CASA SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net (loss) income
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating
   activities:

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

  $

(48,206)   $

73,006 

  $

88,500 

Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation
Deferred income taxes
Excess and obsolete inventory valuation adjustment
Increase (decrease) in provision for doubtful accounts
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Prepaid income taxes
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Accrued income taxes
Deferred revenue

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment
Acquisition of a business, net of cash acquired
Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

Cash flows used in financing activities:
Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions
Principal repayments of debt
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Payments of dividends and equitable adjustments
Follow-on offering selling stockholders profit disgorgement
Repurchases of common stock
Payments of initial public offering costs
Employee taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards

Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year (1)
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable
Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other
   current liabilities
Unpaid dividends and equitable adjustments included in accrued expenses and other
   current liabilities
Release of customer incentives included in accounts receivable and accrued expenses and
   other current liabilities

14,722 
9,821 
19,641 
545 
560 

1,881 
(21,276)  
(3,679)  
16 
1,554 
(7,827)  
2,724 
(9,498)  
(39,022)  

(8,591)  
(109,431)  

— 

(118,022)  

— 
(6,820)
2,687 
(2,590)  
— 
(1,795)  
— 
(1,009)  
(9,527)  
(378)  
(166,949)  
281,606 
114,657 

  $

18,885 
4,334 

  $
  $

727 

  $

— 

  $

731 

  $

5,735 

  $

9,454 
8,894 
(11,517)  
(5,883)  
(282)  

34,716 
(11,051)  
(1,084)  
146 
4,197 
6,124 
(3,088)  
(5,087)  
98,545 

(7,966)  
— 
— 
(7,966)  

— 
(3,304)  
14,730 
(7,325)  
3,811 
(75,102)  
(1,148)  
(13)  
(68,351)  
(1,442)  
20,786 
260,820 
281,606 

  $

18,348 
7,268 

  $
  $

1,255 

  $

— 

  $

3,336 

  $

8,556 

  $

7,738 
9,136 
11,422 
4,115 
6 

(25,726)
21,859 
3,519 
(486)
(6,475)
10,243 
(3,212)
(25,631)
95,008 

(7,014)
— 
14,589 
7,575 

83,421 
(3,292)
274 
(246,634)
— 
— 
(2,384)
(4,046)
(172,661)
1,344 
(68,734)
329,554 
260,820 

16,275 
26,297 

1,018 

1,193 

10,661 

15,468  

  $

  $
  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

(1)

See Note 2 of the accompanying notes for a reconciliation of the ending balance of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in these consolidated statements of cash flows.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
CASA SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. Nature of Business and Basis of Presentation

Casa  Systems,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  was  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware  on  February  28,  2003.  The  Company  is  a  global
communications technology company headquartered in Andover, Massachusetts and has wholly owned subsidiaries in China, France, Canada, Ireland, Spain,
Colombia, the Netherlands, Hong Kong, Australia, Germany, the United Kingdom and New Zealand.

The  Company  offers  converged  solutions  for  next-generation  centralized,  distributed  and  virtualized  architectures  for  cable  broadband,  fixed-line
broadband  and  wireless  networks.  The  Company’s  solutions  enable  customers  to  cost-effectively  and  dynamically  increase  network  speed,  add  bandwidth
capacity and new services for consumers and enterprises, reduce network complexity and reduce operating and capital expenditures.

The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other companies of comparable size and other companies selling and providing services to the
communications  industry.  These  risks  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  level  of  capital  spending  by  the  communications  industry,  a  lengthy  sales  cycle,
dependence on the development of new products and services, unfavorable economic and market conditions, competition from larger and more established
companies,  limited  management  resources,  dependence  on  a  limited  number  of  contract  manufacturers  and  suppliers,  the  rapidly  changing  nature  of  the
technology used by the communications industry and reliance on resellers and sales agents. Failure by the Company to anticipate or to respond adequately to
technological developments in its industry, changes in customer or supplier requirements, changes in regulatory requirements or industry standards, or any
significant delays in the development or introduction of products could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results, financial condition
and cash flows.

In December 2017, the Company closed its initial public offering (“IPO”) of 6,900 shares of its common stock at an offering price of $13.00 per share,
including 900 shares pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company received net proceeds
of $79,327, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $6,279 and offering costs of $4,094. Upon the closing of the IPO, all 4,038 shares of
the Company’s then-outstanding preferred stock automatically converted on a ten-for-one basis into an aggregate of 40,382 shares of the Company’s common
stock.  Upon conversion of the preferred stock, the Company reclassified $97,439 from temporary equity to additional paid-in capital and $40 from temporary
equity to common stock.

On April 30, 2018, the Company closed its follow-on public offering in which certain stockholders sold 7,350 shares of the Company’s common stock
at a price of $25.00 per share, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions (the “follow-on offering”). The Company did not sell any common
stock  in  the  follow-on  offering  and  did  not  receive  any  of  the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  by  the  selling  stockholders.  In
connection with the sale of the Company’s common stock in the follow-on offering, certain of the selling stockholders disgorged $3,770 of profits recognized
from the sale, after deducting $41 of offering costs, to the Company in accordance with Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
which was recorded as an increase in additional paid-in capital. The Company incurred $856 of transaction costs in connection with the follow-on offering, of
which $815 was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

On July 1, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interests in NetComm Wireless Limited (“NetComm”) for cash consideration of $161,963
Australian  dollars  (“AUD”)  ($112,674  United  States  dollars  (“USD”),  based  on  an  exchange  rate  of  USD  $0.700  per  AUD  $1.00  on  July  1,  2019)  and
NetComm became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Acquisition”). NetComm is a global leader in the development of fixed wireless and
distribution point broadband solutions, and with the Acquisition, the Company now offers a broad, highly competitive portfolio of 4G and 5G fixed wireless
access products and customer premise equipment for vDSL2 and G.fast services for service providers.

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and may remain
an  emerging  growth  company  until  the  last  day  of  the  fiscal  year  following  the  fifth  anniversary  of  the  initial  public  offering,  subject  to  specified
conditions.  The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the
implementation of new or revised accounting standards. The Company has elected not to “opt out” of such extended transition period, which means that when
a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company will adopt the new or revised standard at the
time private companies adopt the new or revised standard, provided that the Company continues to be an emerging growth company. The JOBS Act provides
that the decision to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

77

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States  of  America  (“GAAP”)  and  include  the  accounts  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries.  All  intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of
revenue and expenses during the reporting periods.

Significant  estimates  and  judgments  relied  upon  by  management  in  preparing  these  consolidated  financial  statements  include  revenue  recognition,
provision  for  doubtful  accounts,  reserves  for  excess  and  obsolete  inventory,  valuation  of  inventory  and  deferred  inventory  costs,  the  expensing  and
capitalization of software-related research and development costs, amortization and depreciation periods, recoverability of net deferred tax assets, valuations
of uncertain tax positions, provision for (benefit from) income taxes, warranty allowances, the valuation of the Company’s common stock and other equity
instruments, and stock-based compensation expense.

Although the Company regularly reassesses the assumptions underlying these estimates, actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various other
assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances existing at the time such estimates are made.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments maturing within three months from the date of purchase. As of December 31, 2019

and 2018, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents consisted of investments in certificates of deposit and money market mutual funds.

Restricted cash, which was included in other assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, consisted of a certificate of deposit of $1,019 in each period

pledged as collateral for a stand-by letter of credit required to support a contractual obligation.

The following table is a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets that

sum to the total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash included in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash included in other assets

Accounts Receivable

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

  $

  $

113,638    $
1,019   
114,657    $

280,587 
1,019 
281,606

Accounts receivable are presented net of a provision for doubtful accounts, which is an estimate of amounts that may not be collectible. Accounts
receivable  for  arrangements  with  customary  payment  terms,  which  are  one  year  or  less,  are  recorded  at  invoiced  amounts  and  do  not  bear  interest.  The
Company generally does not require collateral, but the Company may, in certain instances based on its credit assessment, require full or partial prepayment
prior to shipment.

In  limited  instances,  for  certain  customers  and/or  for  certain  transactions,  the  Company  provides  extended  payment  arrangements  to  allow  the
customer to pay for the purchased equipment in monthly, other periodic or lump-sum payments over a period of one to five years. In certain circumstances,
the  receivables  may  be  collateralized  by  the  underlying  assets  over  the  payment  period.  Payments  due  beyond  12  months  from  the  balance  sheet  date  are
recorded as non-current assets.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

Current portion of accounts receivable, net:

Accounts receivable, net
Accounts receivable, extended payment arrangements

Accounts receivable, net of current portion:

Accounts receivable, extended payment arrangements

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

  $

91,273    $
1,827   
93,100   

575   
93,675    $

79,526 
2,256 
81,782 

2,388 
84,170

The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and, if necessary, provides a provision for doubtful accounts and expected losses.
When  assessing  and  recording  its  provision  for  doubtful  accounts,  the  Company  evaluates  the  age  of  its  accounts  receivable,  current  economic  trends,
creditworthiness  of  the  customers,  customer  payment  history,  and  other  specific  customer  and  transaction  information.  The  Company  writes  off  accounts
receivable against the provision when it determines a balance is uncollectible and no longer actively pursues collection of the receivable. Adjustments to the
provision for doubtful accounts are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive
(loss) income. A summary of changes in the provision for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:

Provision for doubtful accounts at beginning of year

Provisions and recoveries
Write-offs

Provision for doubtful accounts at end of year

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

  $

  $

410    $
560   
(950)  

20    $

692    $
—   
(282)  
410    $

690 
6 
(4)
692

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company concluded that all amounts due under extended payment term arrangements were collectible and no
reserve for credit losses was recorded. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not provide a reserve for credit losses
and did not write off any uncollectible receivables due under extended payment term arrangements.

Inventories

Inventories  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  value.  Cost  is  computed  using  the  first-in  first-out  convention.  Inventories  are  composed  of
hardware and related component parts of finished goods. The Company establishes provisions for excess and obsolete inventories after evaluating historical
sales, future demand, market conditions, expected product life cycles, and current inventory levels to reduce such inventories to their estimated net realizable
value.  Such  provisions  are  made  in  the  normal  course  of  business  and  charged  to  cost  of  revenue  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and
comprehensive (loss) income.

Deferred inventory costs are included within inventory in the consolidated balance sheets. Deferred inventory costs represent the cost of products that
have  been  delivered  to  the  customer  for  which  revenue  associated  with  the  arrangement  has  been  deferred  as  a  result  of  not  meeting  all  of  the  required
revenue recognition criteria, such as receipt of customer acceptance. Until the revenue recognition criteria are met, the Company retains the right to a return
of the underlying inventory. Deferred inventory costs are recognized as cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss)
income when the related revenue is recognized.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost with any reimbursement from the landlord being accounted for as deferred
rent, which is amortized using the straight-line method over the lease term. Costs for trial systems held and used by the Company’s customers pursuant to
evaluation agreements are also included within property and equipment. Trial systems held and used by the Company’s customers are depreciated over the
estimated useful life of such assets, which is two years.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Whenever  a  trial  system  is  sold  to  a  customer  and  the  selling  price  is  recorded  as  revenue,  the  related  net  book  value  of  the  trial  system  sold  is

removed from property and equipment and recorded as a cost of revenue. Maintenance and repairs expenditures are charged to expense as incurred.

Estimated useful lives of the respective property and equipment assets are as follows:

Computers and purchased software
Leasehold improvements
Furniture and fixtures
Machinery and equipment
Building
Building improvements
Trial systems at customers’ sites

Estimated Useful Life
3 years
Shorter of lease term or 7 years
7 years
3 – 5 years
40 years
5 – 40 years
2 years

Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain

or loss is included in (loss) income from operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The  Company  evaluates  its  long-lived  assets,  which  consist  primarily  of  property  and  equipment,  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Factors that the Company considers in deciding when to perform an
impairment  review  include  significant  underperformance  of  the  business  in  relation  to  expectations,  significant  negative  industry  or  economic  trends  and
significant changes or planned changes in the use of the assets. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying
amount  of  an  asset  to  the  future  undiscounted  net  cash  flows  expected  to  be  generated  by  the  asset.  If  such  assets  are  considered  to  be  impaired,  the
impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, less the cost to sell. No
events or changes in circumstances existed to require an impairment assessment during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.  

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred  offering  costs  of  $4,094,  consisting  of  legal,  professional  accounting  and  other  third-party  fees  related  to  the  IPO,  were  reclassified  to
additional paid-in capital as a reduction of the proceeds upon the closing of the IPO in December 2017. Deferred offering costs of $1,148 and $2,384 were
paid during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. No deferred offering costs were paid during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Concentration of Risks

Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  principally  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and
accounts receivable. Cash and cash equivalents consist of demand deposits, savings accounts, commercial paper, money market mutual funds, and certificates
of deposit with financial institutions, which may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits. The Company has not experienced any losses related
to its cash and cash equivalents and does not believe that it is subject to unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking
relationships.

Significant customers are those that represent 10% or more of revenue or accounts receivable and are set forth in the following tables:

Customer A
Customer B
Customer C
Customer D
Customer E
Customer F

*

Less than 10% of total

Revenue
Year Ended December 31,
2018

2019

Accounts Receivable, Net
December 31,

2017

2019

2018

14%    

* 
* 
* 
* 
12%  

27%    
11%    
12%  
14%  
* 
* 

37%    
11%  
* 
* 
* 
* 

11%    
* 

14%    

* 
19%  
* 

13%
15%
18%
28%
* 
*

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Customer B was a related party until October 19, 2018, Liberty Global Affiliates (see Note 16).

Certain of the components and subassemblies included in the Company’s products are obtained from a single source or a limited group of suppliers.
Although the Company seeks to reduce dependence on those limited sources of suppliers and manufacturers, the partial or complete loss of certain of these
sources could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results, financial condition and cash flows and damage its customer relationships.

Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  purchase  price  over  the  estimated  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  as  of  the  acquisition  date.  The  Company  tests
goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests when impairment indicators are identified, and goodwill is written down when impaired.
Goodwill has been recognized in connection with the acquisition of NetComm on July 1, 2019 (refer to Note 3).

The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test during its fourth quarter. For its annual goodwill impairment test, the Company operates
under one reporting unit and the fair value of its reporting unit has been determined based on the Company’s enterprise value. As part of the annual goodwill
impairment test, the Company has the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. Examples of
events and circumstances that might indicate that the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount include macro-economic conditions such as
deterioration in the entity’s operating environment or industry or market considerations; entity-specific events such as increasing costs, declining financial
performance, or loss of key personnel; or other events such as a sustained decrease in the stock price on either an absolute basis or relative to peers. If, as a
result of its qualitative assessment, it is more likely than not (i.e., greater than 50% chance) that the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit is less than its
carrying  amount,  the  quantitative  impairment  test  will  be  required.  Otherwise,  no  further  testing  will  be  required.  The  Company  completed  its  qualitative
assessment  and  concluded  that  as  of  December  31,  2019,  it  is  not  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its
carrying amount.

The Company's intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from
three to ten years. The Company evaluates the recoverability of intangible assets periodically by taking into account events or circumstances that may warrant
revised estimates of useful lives or that indicate the asset may be impaired. The Company considered potential impairment indicators of acquired intangible
assets at December 31, 2019 and noted no indicators of impairment.

Product Warranties

Substantially all of the Company’s products are covered by a warranty for software and hardware for periods ranging from 90 days to one year. In
addition, in conjunction with customers’ renewals of maintenance and support contracts, the Company offers an extended warranty for periods typically of
one to three years for agreed-upon fees. In the event of a failure of a hardware product or software covered by these warranties, the Company must repair or
replace  the  software  or  hardware  or,  if  those  remedies  are  insufficient,  and  at  the  discretion  of  the  Company,  provide  a  refund.  The  Company’s  warranty
reserve, which is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, reflects estimated material, labor and other costs
related  to  potential  or  actual  software  and  hardware  warranty  claims  for  which  the  Company  expects  to  incur  an  obligation.  The  Company’s  estimates  of
anticipated  rates  of  warranty  claims  and  the  costs  associated  therewith  are  primarily  based  on  historical  information  and  future  forecasts.  The  Company
periodically assesses the adequacy of the warranty reserve and adjusts the amount as necessary. If the historical data used to calculate the adequacy of the
warranty reserve are not indicative of future requirements, additional or reduced warranty reserves may be required.

A summary of changes in the amount reserved for warranty costs for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:

Warranty reserve at beginning of year

Provisions
Acquired warranty reserve
Charges

Warranty reserve at end of year

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

  $

  $

926    $

3,603   
1,867   
(3,948)  
2,448    $

1,246    $
1,886   
—   
(2,206)  

926    $

1,256 
1,829 
— 
(1,839)
1,246

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The increase in the warranty charges and reserve for the year ended December 31, 2019 is primarily due to warranty obligations obtained with the

acquisition of NetComm on July 1, 2019.

Revenue Recognition

Effective  January  1,  2019,  the  Company  adopted  ASC  Topic  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (“ASC  606”)  using  the  modified
retrospective transition method.  This method was applied to contracts that were not complete as of the date of initial application. The following is a summary
of new and/or revised significant accounting policies affected by the Company’s adoption of ASC 606, which relate primarily to revenue and cost recognition.
Refer to Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 for the
policies in effect for revenue and cost recognition prior to January 1, 2019.

The Company generates revenue from sales of its products, along with associated maintenance, support and extended hardware warranty services,
and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  from  sales  of  professional  services.  The  Company  also  generates  revenue  from  sales  of  additional  line  cards  and  software-based
capacity expansions. Maintenance and support services include telephone support, bug fixes and unspecified software upgrades and updates provided on a
when-and-if-available basis and/or extended hardware warranty.

In  the  Company’s  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  (loss)  income,  revenue  from  sales  of  broadband  products,  Axyom
products and fixed wireless access and fiber-to-the-distribution-point (FTTdp) devices are classified as product revenue, and revenue from maintenance and
support and professional services is classified as service revenue.

In  accordance  with  ASC  606,  revenue  is  recognized  when  a  customer  obtains  control  of  promised  products  or  services.  The  amount  of  revenue
recognized  reflects  the  consideration  that  the  Company  expects  to  be  entitled  to  receive  in  exchange  for  these  products  or  services.  To  achieve  the  core
principle of this standard, the Company applies the following five steps:

1)  Identify  the  contract  with  a  customer  -  The  Company  considers  binding  contracts  and/or  purchase  orders  to  be  customer  contracts,  provided
collection is probable. Collectibility is assessed based on a number of factors that generally include information supplied by credit agencies, references and/or
analysis of customer accounts and payment history. The Company combines contracts with customers if those contracts were negotiated as a single deal or
contain price dependencies.

2) Identify the performance obligations in the contract - Performance obligations are identified as products and services that will be transferred to the
customer  that  are  both  capable  of  being  distinct,  whereby  the  customer  can  benefit  from  the  product  or  service  either  on  its  own  or  together  with  other
resources that are readily available from third parties or from the Company, and are distinct in the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the products
or services is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.

3) Determine the transaction price - The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in
exchange for transferring products or services to the customer. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is
probable that no significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will occur.

4) Allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract - The transaction price is allocated to performance obligations based on a

relative standalone selling price (“SSP”).

5) Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation - Revenue from product sales is recognized upon delivery to the

customer, which is generally when control of the asset has passed to the customer.

Performance Obligations

The majority of the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations including products and maintenance services, and
on a limited basis, professional services. For these contracts, the Company accounts for individual performance obligations separately if they are considered
distinct.  The  Company’s  broadband  products,  Axyom  products,  maintenance  services  and  professional  services  are  considered  distinct  performance
obligations. When multiple performance obligations exist in a customer contract, the transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on
a relative SSP basis. Determination of SSP requires judgment and is based on the best evidence available which may include the standalone selling price of
products when sold on a standalone basis to similar customers in similar circumstances, or in the absence of standalone sales, taking into consideration the
Company’s historical pricing practices by customer type, selling method (i.e. resellers or direct), and geographic-specific market factors.

82

 
Product revenue

The Company’s broadband products have both software and non-software (i.e., hardware) components that function together to deliver the products’
essential functionality. Broadband hardware products generally cannot be used apart from the embedded software and is considered one distinct performance
obligation. Revenue on broadband hardware products with embedded software is recognized at a point in time when control of the products is transferred to
the customer, which is typically when risk of loss has transferred and the right to payment is enforceable. This is generally when the product has shipped or
been delivered, based on agreed-upon shipping terms. The Company also earns revenue from the sale of software-enabled capacity expansions. Revenue on
software-enabled capacity expansions are distinct performance obligations as they are separately identifiable and provide additional bandwidth capacity on
hardware products already purchased by the customer. Revenue is recognized on software-enabled capacity expansions when control is transferred, which is
typically when risk of loss has transferred and the right to payment is enforceable. This is generally when the software-based capacity expansions are made
available to the customer.

The  Company  also  generates  revenue  from  the  sale  of  its  Axyom  software  platform  and  related  delivery  platform  hardware  including  indoor  and
outdoor  Apex  small  cells.  Perpetual  licenses  and  hardware  are  distinct  performance  obligations  as  they  are  separately  identifiable,  and  the  customer  can
benefit from the licenses and hardware on its own. Revenue is recognized at a point in time when control of the products is transferred to the customer, which
is typically when risk of loss has transferred and the right to payment is enforceable. Generally, this occurs when software licenses are made available to
customers and hardware products are shipped or delivered, based on agreed-upon shipping terms.

The Company also generates revenue from the sale of its fixed wireless access and fiber-to-the-distribution-point (“FTTdp”) devices, the product line
acquired via the acquisition of NetComm on July 1, 2019. The arrangements consist of a single hardware element making it a distinct performance obligation
as they are separately identifiable, and the customer can benefit from the hardware on their own. Revenue is generally recognized at a point in time when
control of the asset is transferred to the customer. Generally, this occurs when hardware products are shipped or delivered, based on agreed-upon shipping
terms.

When customer contracts require acceptance of product and services, the Company considers the nature of the acceptance provisions to determine if
they are substantive or considered a formality that does not impact the timing of revenue recognition. When acceptance provisions are considered substantive,
the Company will defer revenue on all performance obligations in the contract subject to acceptance until acceptance has been received. The Company does
not defer revenue when acceptance provisions are deemed a formality.

Maintenance and Support Services and Professional Services Revenue

The Company’s broadband and Axyom products are sold with maintenance and support services, a distinct performance obligation, that includes the
stand-ready  obligation  to  provide  telephone  support,  bug  fixes  and  unspecified  software  upgrades  and  updates  provided  on  a  when-and-if-available  basis
and/or extended hardware warranty. The Company’s fixed wireless access and fiber-to-the-distribution-point (FTTdp) devices generally do not have a support
component. After the initial sale, customers may purchase annual renewals of support contracts. The Company’s telephone support and unspecified upgrades
and updates are delivered over time and therefore revenue is recognized ratably over the contract term, which is typically one year, but can be as long as five
years. The Company also generates revenue from sales of professional services, such as installation, configuration and training. Professional services are a
distinct performance obligation since the Company’s products are functional without these services and can generally be performed by the customer or a third
party. Professional services are generally delivered over time, with revenue recognized as services are performed, which is generally based on labor hours
incurred during the period compared to the total estimated labor hours.

The sale of the Company’s products generally includes a 90-day warranty on the software and a one-year warranty on the hardware component of the
products,  which  includes  repair  or  replacement  of  the  applicable  hardware.  These  warranties  are  to  ensure  the  products  perform  in  accordance  with  the
Company’s  specifications  and  are  therefore  not  a  performance  obligation.  The  Company  records  a  warranty  accrual  for  the  initial  software  and  hardware
warranty included with product sales and does not defer revenue.

Resellers and Sales Agents

The  Company  markets  and  sell  its  products  through  its  direct  global  sales  force,  supported  by  sales  agents,  and  through  resellers.  The  Company’s
resellers receive an order from an end customer prior to placing an order with the Company, and the Company confirms the identification of or is aware of the
end customer prior to accepting such order. The Company invoices the reseller an amount that reflects a reseller discount and records revenue based on the
amount of the discounted transaction value. The Company’s resellers do not stock inventory received from the Company.

83

 
When the Company transacts with a reseller, the contract is with the reseller and not with the end customer. Whether the Company transacts business
with and receives the order from a reseller or directly from an end customer, its revenue recognition policy and resulting pattern of revenue recognition for the
order are the same.

The Company also uses sales agents that assist in the sales process with certain customers primarily located in the Latin America and Asia-Pacific
regions. Sales agents are not resellers. If a sales agent is engaged in the sales process, the Company receives the order directly from and sells the products and
services  directly  to  the  end  customer,  and  the  Company  pays  a  commission  to  the  sales  agent,  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  the  related  transaction  value.
Accounting considerations related to sales agent commissions are discussed in the “Costs to Obtain or Fulfill a Contract” section below.

The  Company  has  assessed  whether  it  is  the  principal  (i.e.,  reports  revenues  on  a  gross  basis)  or  agent  (i.e.,  reports  revenues  on  a  net  basis)  by
evaluating whether it has control of the good or service before it is transferred to the customer. Generally, the Company controls the promised good or service
before transferring it to the customer and acts as the principal in the transaction. Accordingly, the Company reports revenues on a gross basis.

Costs to Obtain or Fulfill a Contract

The  Company  capitalizes  commission  expenses  paid  to  internal  sales  personnel  and  sales  agent  commissions  that  are  incremental  to  obtaining
customer contracts, for which the related revenue is recognized over a future period. These costs are incurred on initial sales of product, maintenance and
professional services and maintenance and support contract renewals. The Company defers these costs and amortizes them over the period of benefit, which
the Company generally considers to be the contract term or length of the longest delivery period as contract capitalization costs in the consolidated balance
sheets. Commissions paid relating to contract renewals are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the related renewal period as commissions
paid on renewals are commensurate with commissions paid on initial sales transactions. The Company periodically reviews the carrying amount of capitalized
contract costs to determine whether events or changes in circumstances have occurred that could impact the period of benefit.

The  Company  also  pays  commissions  on  maintenance  and  support  contract  renewals.  Commissions  paid  on  renewals  are  commensurate  with
commissions paid on the initial maintenance and support contracts. These commissions are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the related
renewal  period.  Costs  to  obtain  a  contract  for  professional  services  contracts  are  expensed  as  incurred  in  accordance  with  the  practical  expedient  as  the
contractual period of the Company’s professional services contracts are one year or less.

As  of  January  1,  2019  and  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  had  short-term  capitalized  contract  costs  of  $209  and  $585,  respectively,  which  are
included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and had long-term capitalized contract costs of $128 and $70, respectively, which are included in other
assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2019, amortization expense associated with capitalized contract
costs  was  $695  which  was  recorded  to  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and
comprehensive (loss) income.

Deferred Revenue

Amounts billed in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue. Deferred revenue includes customer deposits, amounts billed for
maintenance and support services contracts in advance of services being performed, amounts for trade-in right liabilities and amounts related to contracts that
have been deferred as a result of not meeting the required revenue recognition criteria as of the end of the reporting period. Deferred revenue expected to be
recognized as revenue more than one year subsequent to the balance sheet date is reported within long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company defers recognition of direct costs, such as cost of goods and services, until recognition of the related revenue. Such costs are classified
as current assets if the related deferred revenue is classified as current, and such costs are classified as non-current assets if the related deferred revenue is
classified as non-current.

Other Revenue Recognition Policies

The Company’s customary payment terms are generally one year or less. The Company has elected to apply the practical expedient that allows an
entity to not adjust the promised amount of consideration in customer contracts for the effect of a significant financing component when the period between
the transfer of product and services and payment of the related consideration is less than one year. If the Company provides extended payment terms that
represent a significant financing component, the Company adjusts the amount of promised consideration for the time value of money using its

84

 
discounted rate and recognizes interest income separate from the revenue recognized on contracts with customers. During the year ended December 31, 2019,
the Company recorded $160 in interest income in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

In  limited  instances,  the  Company  has  offered  future  rebates  to  customers  based  on  a  fixed  or  variable  percentage  of  actual  sales  volumes  over
specified periods. The future rebates earned based on the customer’s purchasing from the Company in one period may be used as credits to be applied by
them against accounts receivable due to the Company in later periods. The Company accounts for these future rebates as variable consideration and reduces
the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the variable consideration is
resolved.  The  reduction  of  the  transaction  price  is  estimated  based  on  historical  activity  and  other  relevant  factors  and  is  recognized  when  the  Company
recognizes  revenue  for  the  transfer  of  goods  and  services  to  the  customer  on  which  the  future  rebate  was  earned.    Other  forms  of  contingent  revenue  or
variable consideration are infrequent.

When a customer contract includes future trade-in rights, which are distinct performance obligations, the Company accounts for the customer contract
by recognizing the revenue on the products transferred, deferring revenue allocated to the future product based on a relative standalone selling price, and an
asset for the value of the trade-in product to be recovered from the customer upon delivery of the future product. The Company assesses and updates these
estimates each reporting period, and updates to these estimates may result in either an increase or decrease in the amount of the future product liability and
product  return  asset.  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  allocated  to  the  future  product  when  the  product  has  shipped  or  been  delivered,  and  control  has
transferred. As of December 31, 2019, there were no future product liabilities or product return assets.

The Company excludes any taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction (e.g., sales, use

and value added taxes) from its transaction price.

Billings to customers for reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, including travel, lodging and meals, are recorded as revenue, and the associated
costs incurred by the Company for those items are recorded as cost of revenue. Revenue related to the reimbursement of out-of-pocket costs are accounted for
as variable consideration.

The Company accounts for any shipping and handling activities as a fulfilment cost rather than an additional promised service. Shipping and handling

billed to customers is recorded as an offset to cost of revenue.

Contract Balances

Contract  liabilities  consist  of  deferred  revenue  and  include  payments  received  in  advance  of  performance  under  the  contract.  Such  amounts  are
recognized as revenue when the Company satisfies its performance obligations, consistent with the above methodology. For the year ended December 31,
2019, the Company recognized $22,273 of revenue that was included in deferred revenue as of January 1, 2019.

The  Company  receives  payments  from  customers  based  upon  contractual  billing  terms.  Accounts  receivable  are  recorded  when  the  right  to
consideration becomes unconditional. Contract assets include amounts related to the Company’s contractual right to consideration for both completed and
partially completed performance obligations that may not have been invoiced. As of January 1, 2019 and December 31, 2019, contract assets of $28 and $50,
respectively, were included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  aggregate  remaining  amount  of  revenue  expected  to  be  recognized  related  to  unsatisfied  or  partially  unsatisfied
performance obligations is $30,068. The Company expects approximately 85% of this amount to be recognized in the next twelve months with the remainder
to be recognized over the next two to five years.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The  Company  disaggregates  its  revenue  by  product  and  service  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  (loss)  income.
Performance obligations related to product revenue are recognized at a point in time, while performance obligations related to service revenue are recognized
over time. The Company also disaggregates its revenue based on geographic locations of its customers, as determined by the customer’s shipping address.

85

 
Transition Disclosures

In accordance with the modified retrospective method transition requirements, the Company has presented the financial statement line items impacted
and adjusted to compare to presentation under ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition (“ASC 605” for each of the interim and annual periods during the first
year of adoption of ASC 606:

Balance Sheet
Assets:

Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid income taxes
Accounts receivable, net of current portion
Deferred tax assets
Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities:

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Deferred revenue
Deferred revenue, net of current portion

Total liabilities
Stockholders’ Equity:

Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

As of December 31, 2019

As Reported
under ASC 606

Adjustments

Without adoption
of ASC 606

  $

  $

  $

  $

 $

 $

 $

93,100 
93,604 
4,884 
3,217 
575 
69 
7,820 
444,312 

34,567 
25,485 
4,583 
405,748 

(127,064)
38,564 
444,312 

 $

47    $

186   
54   
330   
23   
1,757   
(69)  
2,328    $

(491)   $
8,194   
1,856   
9,559   

(7,231)  
(7,231)  
2,328    $

93,147 
93,790 
4,938 
3,547 
598 
1,826 
7,751 
446,640 

34,076 
33,679 
6,439 
415,307 

(134,295)
31,333 
446,640

Total reported assets under ASC 606 as of December 31, 2019 were $2,328 less than the total assets without the adoption of ASC 606 largely due to
decreases in deferred tax assets, prepaid income taxes and deferred inventory costs related to contracts for which deferred revenue was adjusted to retained
earnings, partially offset by increases in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets related to contract costs capitalized under ASC 606 that
would have been expensed when incurred under ASC 605.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
Total reported liabilities under ASC 606 as of December 31, 2019 were $9,559 less than the total liabilities without the adoption of ASC 606 primarily
driven by the adjustment of deferred revenue related to a customer contract for which revenue was recognized based on receipt of cash payments under ASC
605 that would have been recognized upon product acceptance under ASC 606, offset by an increase in accrued partner commissions in accrued expenses and
other current liabilities. These partner commissions were previously being recognized in the period in which cash was received and revenue was recognized.
Upon the adoption of ASC 606, partner commissions are reflected as a cost to obtain a contract and they are expensed consistent with the pattern of revenue
recognition on this contract.

Statement of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Revenue:

Product
Service

Total revenue

Cost of revenue:
Product

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative

Loss from operations
Other income (expense):
Interest income

Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net loss
Comprehensive loss

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

Basic

Diluted

Year Ended December 31, 2019

As Reported
under ASC 606

Adjustments

Without adoption
of  ASC 606

  $

  $

  $

  $

241,377    $
40,920   
282,297   

113,059   
162,532   

88,320   
(9,119)  

4,406   
(24,415)  
23,791   
(48,206)  
(49,270)   $

(0.57)   $

(0.57)   $

(6,201)   $
197   
(6,004)  

182   
(6,186)  

231   
(6,417)  

(159)  
(6,576)  
(1,495)  
(5,081)  
(5,081)   $

(0.07)   $
(0.07)   $

235,176 
41,117 
276,293 

113,241 
156,346 

88,551 

(15,536)

4,247 
(30,991)
22,296 

(53,287)
(54,351)

(0.64)

(0.64)

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the adoption of ASC 606 resulted in a net increase to product revenue due to certain contracts for which
product revenue was recognized upon delivery that would have been deferred without the adoption of ASC 606 due to the lack of vendor-specific objective
evidence.

Statement of Cash Flows
Cash flows used in operating activities:
Net loss
Deferred income taxes

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Prepaid income taxes
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Deferred revenue

Net cash used in operating activities

Year Ended December 31, 2019

As Reported
under ASC 606

Adjustments

Without adoption
of ASC 606

  $

  $

(48,206)   $
19,641   

1,881   
(21,276)  
(3,679)  
16   
(7,827)  
(9,498)  
(39,022)   $

(5,081)   $
(1,166)  

159   
182   
(322)  
(330)  
554   
6,004   

—    $

(53,287)
18,475 

2,040 
(21,094)
(4,001)
(314)
(7,273)
(3,494)
(39,022)

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  adoption  of  ASC  606  resulted  in  offsetting  changes  in  operating  assets  and  liabilities  and  had  no

impact on net cash flow from operations.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures stock options and other stock-based awards granted to employees and directors based on the fair value on the date of the grant
and recognizes compensation expense of those awards, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of
the respective award. Generally, the Company issues stock options with only service-based vesting conditions and records the expense for these awards using
the straight-line method.

For stock-based awards granted to non-employee consultants, compensation expense is recognized over the period during which services are rendered
by such non-employee consultants until completed. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, the fair value of these
awards is remeasured using the then-current fair value of the Company’s common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing
model.

The Company classifies stock-based compensation expense in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income in the same

manner in which the award recipient’s payroll costs are classified or in which the award recipient’s service payments are classified.

The Company recognizes compensation expense for only the portion of awards that are expected to vest. In developing a forfeiture rate estimate, the
Company has considered its historical experience to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures for service-based awards. The impact of a forfeiture rate adjustment will
be recognized in full in the period of adjustment, and if the actual forfeiture rate is materially different from the Company’s estimate, the Company may be
required to record adjustments to stock-based compensation expense in future periods.

The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company was a private
company until December 14, 2017 and lacks sufficient company-specific historical and implied volatility information for its stock. Therefore, it estimates its
expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of publicly traded peer companies and expects to continue to do so until such time as it has adequate
historical  data  regarding  the  volatility  of  its  own  traded  stock  price.  The  expected  term  of  the  Company’s  stock  options  has  been  determined  utilizing  the
“simplified”  method  for  awards  that  qualify  as  “plain-vanilla”  options.  The  expected  term  of  stock  options  granted  to  non-employees  is  equal  to  the
contractual term of the option award. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the
award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company does not have a
history of declaring or paying cash dividends, except for the special cash dividends declared in November 2014, June 2016, December 2016, May 2017 and
November  2017  and  in  those  circumstances  the  board  of  directors  approved  cash  dividends  to  be  paid  to  holders  of  the  Company’s  stock  options,  stock
appreciation rights (“SARs”) and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) upon vesting as an equitable adjustment to the holders of such instruments.

The Company has also granted SARs to certain employees, which require the Company to pay in cash upon exercise an amount equal to the product
of the excess of the per share fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price, multiplied by the number of
shares of common stock with respect to which the SAR is exercised. Because these awards may require the Company to settle the awards in cash, they are
accounted for as a liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The liability related to these awards, as well as related compensation expense, is
recognized over the period during which services are rendered until completed. Changes in the fair value of the SAR liability are estimated using the Black-
Scholes option pricing model and are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. After vesting is completed, the
Company will continue to remeasure the fair market value of the liability until the award is either exercised or canceled, with changes in the fair value of the
liability recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

Research and Development Costs

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. Costs incurred to develop software to be licensed to customers are expensed prior
to the establishment of technological feasibility of the software and are capitalized thereafter until commercial release of the software. The Company has not
historically capitalized software development costs as the establishment of technological feasibility typically occurs shortly before the commercial release of
its software, which is embedded in its products. As such, all software development costs related to software for license to customers are expensed as incurred
and included within research and development expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

88

 
Advertising Costs

Advertising  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred  and  are  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  in  the  accompanying  consolidated

statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. Advertising expenses were not significant for any periods presented.

Foreign Currency Translation

For  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  in  Ireland  and  Australia,  the  U.S.  dollar  is  the  functional  currency.  For  each  of  the  Company’s  other  foreign
subsidiaries, the functional currency is its local currency. Assets and liabilities of these foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end
exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates in effect during each period. The effects of these
foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  are  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  (loss)  income,  a  separate  component  of  stockholders’  equity
(deficit).

Foreign currency transaction gains (losses) are included in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income as a component

of other income (expense) and totaled $298, $(911) and $886 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value under GAAP. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or the exit price
that  would  be  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  the  principal  or  most  advantageous  market  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  on  the
measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.
Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which
the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:

Level 1—

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2—

Observable  inputs  (other  than  Level  1  quoted  prices),  such  as  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities  at  the
measurement date; quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets and liabilities; or other inputs that are observable
or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—

Unobservable  inputs  that  involve  management  judgment  and  are  supported  by  little  or  no  market  activity,  including  pricing  models,
discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value

measurement.

The Company’s cash equivalents, marketable securities, foreign currency forward contracts and SARs are carried at fair value, determined according
to the fair value hierarchy described above (see Note 7). The fair values of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current
liabilities approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities, with the exception of amounts recorded by the Company as
“accounts  receivable,  non-current,”  which  represent  amounts  billed  to  customers  for  which  payment  has  not  yet  become  due  and  for  which  an  offsetting
amount  of  deferred  revenue  has  been  recorded.  The  carrying  values  of  the  Company’s  debt  obligations  (see  Note  10)  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018
approximated their fair values because the debt bears interest at rates the Company would be required to pay on the issuance of debt with similar terms, based
on an analysis of recent market conditions and other Company-specific factors.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for
the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as measured by enacted
tax  rates  anticipated  to  be  in  effect  when  these  differences  reverse.  This  method  also  requires  the  recognition  of  future  tax  benefits  to  the  extent  that
realization  of  such  benefits  is  more  likely  than  not.  Deferred  tax  expense  or  benefit  is  the  result  of  changes  in  the  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  The
Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent it believes, based upon the weight
of available evidence, that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established
through  a  charge  to  income  tax  expense.  Potential  for  recovery  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  evaluated  by  estimating  the  future  taxable  profits  expected  and
considering prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. As of December 31, 2019, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that a

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
portion of its net U.S. deferred tax assets will not be realized, and thus has recognized a valuation allowance of $39,124 against our net U.S. deferred tax
assets that are not expected to be realized, an increase of $35,198 during the year ended December 31, 2019 (see Note 9).

The Company records a liability for potential payments of taxes to various tax authorities related to uncertain tax positions and other tax matters. The
recorded liability is based on a determination of whether and how much of a tax benefit taken by the Company in its tax filings or positions is “more likely
than  not”  to  be  realized.  The  amount  of  the  benefit  that  may  be  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  is  the  largest  amount  that  has  a  greater  than  50%
likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the
period in which the determination is made. The Company establishes a liability, which is included in accrued income taxes in the consolidated balance sheets,
for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These liabilities are established when the
Company believes that certain positions might be challenged despite the Company’s belief that the tax return positions are fully supportable. The recorded
liability is adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances. The provision for (benefit from) income taxes includes the impact of the recorded liability
and changes thereto.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions within other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. Accrued interest and penalties are included in accrued income taxes in the consolidated balance
sheets.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted which, among other things, lowered the U.S. corporate income tax rate
to 21% from 35%, repealed the domestic production activity deductions, limited the deductibility of certain executive compensation and interest expense, and
established a modified territorial system requiring a mandatory deemed repatriation tax on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Beginning in 2018,
the TCJA also requires a minimum tax on certain future earnings generated by foreign subsidiaries while providing for future tax-free repatriation of such
earnings through a 100% dividends-received deduction.

While  the  intent  of  TCJA  was  to  provide  for  a  territorial  tax  system,  effective  for  taxable  years  beginning  after  January  1,  2018,  taxpayers  are
subjected to the global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) provisions. The GILTI provisions require the Company to currently recognize in U.S. taxable
income a deemed dividend inclusion of foreign subsidiary earnings in excess of an allowable return on the foreign subsidiary’s tangible assets. During the
years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded an income tax charge of $0.9 million and $4.4 million, respectively related to GILTI.  The
Company  has  made  an  accounting  policy  election,  as  allowed  by  the  SEC  and  FASB,  to  recognize  the  impacts  of  GILTI  within  the  period
incurred.  Therefore, no U.S. deferred taxes are provided on GILTI inclusions of future foreign subsidiary earnings.

Comprehensive (Loss) Income

Comprehensive (loss) income includes net (loss) income as well as other changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) that result from transactions and
economic events other than those with stockholders. Comprehensive (loss) income for the periods presented consists of net income and the change in the
cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment.

Net (Loss) Income per Share

The Company follows the two-class method when computing net (loss) income per share as the Company has issued shares that meet the definition of
participating  securities.  The  two-class  method  determines  net  (loss)  income  per  share  for  each  class  of  common  and  participating  securities  according  to
dividends  declared  or  accumulated  and  participation  rights  in  undistributed  earnings.  The  two-class  method  requires  income  available  to  common
stockholders  for  the  period  to  be  allocated  between  common  and  participating  securities  based  upon  their  respective  rights  to  receive  dividends  as  if  all
income for the period had been distributed.

Basic  net  (loss)  income  per  share  attributable  to  common  stockholders  is  computed  by  dividing  the  net  (loss)  income  attributable  to  common
stockholders  by  the  weighted-average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  for  the  period.  Diluted  net  (loss)  income  attributable  to  common
stockholders  is  computed  by  adjusting  net  (loss)  income  attributable  to  common  stockholders  to  reallocate  undistributed  earnings  based  on  the  potential
impact of dilutive securities. Diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the diluted net (loss) income
attributable  to  common  stockholders  by  the  weighted-average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  for  the  period,  including  potential  dilutive
common shares. For purpose of this calculation, outstanding stock-based awards and convertible preferred stock are considered potential dilutive common
shares.

90

 
Impact of Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASC 606, which supersedes existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The core principle of this standard is
that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which
the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

The  Company  adopted  ASC  606  on  January  1,  2019,  using  the  modified  retrospective  method.  Under  this  method  of  adoption,  the  Company
recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying the new revenue standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit. Comparative
prior year periods were not adjusted.

As a result of applying the modified retrospective method to adopt ASC 606, the following adjustments were made to the consolidated balance sheet

as of January 1, 2019:

Assets:

Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Accounts receivable, net of current portion
Deferred tax assets
Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities:

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Deferred revenue
Deferred revenue, net of current portion

Total liabilities

Stockholders’ equity:

Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

December 31,
2018
As reported

Adjustments

January 1,
2019
As adjusted

  $

  $

  $

  $

81,782    $
50,997   
3,755   
2,388   
21,578   
3,293   
474,649    $

36,992    $
31,206   
12,479   
399,793   

(81,008)  
74,856   
474,649    $

(153)   $
(368)  
209   
(75)  
(592)  
128   
(851)   $

1,045    $
(2,190)  
(1,856)  
(3,001)  

2,150   
2,150   
(851)   $

81,629 
50,629 
3,964 
2,313 
20,986 
3,421 
473,798 

38,037 
29,016 
10,623 
396,792 

(78,858)
77,006 
473,798

Upon adoption of ASC 606 on January 1, 2019, the Company recorded a decrease to accumulated deficit of $2,150 as a result of the transition. The
impact of the adoption primarily relates to the cumulative effect of a $4,046 total decrease in deferred revenue and deferred revenue, net of current portion
primarily  related  to  a  customer  contract  for  which  revenue  was  recognized  based  on  receipt  of  cash  payments  under  ASC  605  that  would  have  been
recognized upon product acceptance under ASC 606; a $1,045 increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities related to partner commissions that
were previously being recognized in the period in which cash was received and revenue was recognized, but would have been reflected as a cost to obtain a
contract and expensed consistent with the pattern of revenue recognition on the contract; a $368 decrease in inventory related to the adjustment of deferred
cost of goods sold on deferred revenue also adjusted as part of the adoption; a $337 total increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets
for short term and long term capitalized contract costs on open contracts as of the adoption date; a $228 total decrease in accounts receivable and accounts
receivable, net of current portion related to a contract with a significant financing component; and a $592 decrease in deferred tax assets related to the above
items.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows: Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-
15”), to address diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The standard
is  now  effective  for  all  entities  and  the  Company  has  concluded  that  the  adoption  of  ASU  2016-15  does  not  have  an  effect  on  its  consolidated  financial
statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfer of Assets Other than Inventory (“ASU 2016-16”),
which  requires  the  recognition  of  the  income  tax  consequences  of  an  intra-entity  transfer  of  an  asset,  other  than  inventory,  when  the  transfer  occurs.  The
standard  is  now  effective  for  all  entities  and  the  Company  has  concluded  that  the  adoption  of  ASU  2016-16  does  not  have  an  effect  on  its  consolidated
financial statements.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-02,  Leases  (“ASU  2016-02”),  which  will  require  lessees  to  recognize  most  leases  on  their  balance
sheets  as  a  right-of-use  asset  with  a  corresponding  lease  liability,  and  lessors  to  recognize  a  net  lease  investment.  Additional  qualitative  and  quantitative
disclosures  will  also  be  required.  In  November  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-10,  Financial  Instruments-Credit  Losses  (Topic  326),  Derivatives  and
Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates (“ASU 2019-10”) to defer the effective dates of ASU 2016-02. This guidance is now effective
for  private  companies,  and  emerging  growth  companies  that  choose  to  take  advantage  of  the  extended  transition  periods,  for  annual  reporting  periods
beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. Early application continues to be permitted.
In  July  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-10,  Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  842:  Leases  (“ASU  2018-10”),  which  affects  narrow  aspects  of  the
guidance issued in the amendments in ASU 2016-02. ASU 2018-10 has the same effective dates and transition requirements as ASU 2016-02. In July 2018,
the  FASB  issued  update  ASU  2018-11,  Leases  (Topic  842),  Targeted  Improvements  (“ASU  2018-11”),  which  provided  for  an  additional  (and  optional)
transition method with which to adopt the new lease standard in ASU 2016-02. The additional method allows entities to apply the new leases standard at the
adoption date and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. Additionally, in December
2018, the FASB issued update ASU 2018-20, Leases (Topic 842) – Narrow-Scope Improvements for Lessors (“ASU 2018-20”), which addresses stakeholders’
concerns  about  the  operability  challenges  encountered  in  determining  certain  lessor  costs  paid  by  lessees  directly  to  third  parties  by  requiring  lessors  to
exclude from variable payments, and thus from lease revenue, lessor costs paid by a lessee directly to a third party. The amendments in ASU 2018-20 also
clarify that costs excluded from the consideration in a contract that are paid directly to a third party by a lessor and reimbursed by the lessee are lessor costs to
be  accounted  for  as  variable  payments.  The  Company  is  currently  assessing  the  potential  impact  that  the  adoption  of  ASU  2016-02,  ASU  2018-10,  ASU
2018-11,  ASU  2018-20  and  ASU  2019-10  will  have  on  its  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  Company  is  in  the  process  of  reviewing  existing  lease
agreements to assess the impact this guidance may have on the consolidated financial statements. The Company currently expects that most of its operating
lease commitments will be subject to the new standard and will affect the consolidated balance sheet by recognizing new right-of-use assets and operating
lease liabilities upon the adoption of ASU 2016-02, which will increase the total assets and total liabilities that it reports relative to such amounts prior to
adoption.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). This guidance requires that
financial assets measured at amortized cost be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The measurement of expected credit losses is based on
historical  experience,  current  conditions  and  reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts  that  affect  the  collectibility.  In  November  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU
2019-10 to defer the effective dates of ASU 2016-13. This guidance is now effective for private companies, and emerging growth companies that choose to
take advantage of the extended transition periods, for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2021. Additionally, in November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  326,  Financial
Instruments—Credit Losses  (“ASU  2018-19”),  which  mitigates  transition  complexity  by  requiring  that  for  nonpublic  business  entities  the  amendments  in
ASU 2016-13 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments in ASU
2018-19  also  clarify  that  receivables  arising  from  operating  leases  are  not  within  the  scope  of  Subtopic  326-20,  but  instead,  should  be  accounted  for  in
accordance  with  Topic  842,  Leases.  Additionally,  in  April  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-04,  Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  326,  Financial
Instruments—Credit  Losses,  Topic  815,  Derivatives  and  Hedging,  and  Topic  825,  Financial  Instruments  (“ASU  2019-04”),  which  provides  clarification
guidance for ASU 2016-13 and ASU 2017-12 (as defined below). In May 2019, the FASB issued update ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses
(Topic  326):  Targeted  Transition  Relief  (“ASU  2019-05”),  which  provides  an  option  to  irrevocably  elect  the  fair  value  option  for  certain  financial  assets
previously measured at amortized cost basis. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-13, ASU 2018-19, ASU
2019-04, ASU 2019-05 and ASU 2019-10 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

the  FASB 

In  August  2017, 

issued  ASU  2017-12,  Derivatives  and  Hedging—Targeted  Improvements 

for  Hedging
Activities (“ASU 2017-12”), which aims to improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity’s risk
management  activities  in  its  financial  statements.  The  standard  is  effective  for  public  companies  for  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2018,
including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  The  standard  is  effective  for  private  companies,  and  emerging  growth  companies  that  choose  to  take
advantage  of  the  extended  transition  periods,  for  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2019,  and  interim  reporting  periods  within  annual  periods
beginning after December 15, 2020. Additionally, in April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, which provides clarification guidance for ASU 2016-13 and
ASU 2017-12. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-12 and ASU 2019-04 will have an impact on its consolidated financial statements as
it does not apply hedge accounting.

to  Accounting 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2018-07”), which expands the scope of Topic
718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. The amendments specify that Topic 718 applies to all
share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing share-based
payment awards. The standard is effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods

92

 
 
within  those  fiscal  years.  The  standard  is  effective  for  private  companies,  and  emerging  growth  companies  that  choose  to  take  advantage  of  the  extended
transition periods, for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim reporting periods within annual periods beginning after December 15,
2020. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than an entity’s adoption date of ASC 606. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact that the
adoption of ASU 2018-07 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”), which modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value
measurements  in  Topic  820,  Fair  Value  Measurement,  regarding  transfers  between  levels  of  financial  instruments,  amounts  of  unrealized  gains  and  losses
included in other comprehensive (loss) income for Level 3 fair value measurements and the information used to determine the fair value of Level 3 fair value
measurements. The standard is effective for both public and private companies and emerging growth companies that chose to take advantage of the extended
transition periods, for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The
Company is currently assessing the potential impact that the adoption of ASU 2018-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Business Acquisition

On July 1, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interests in NetComm for cash consideration of $161,963 AUD ($112,674 USD, based on
an exchange rate of USD $0.700 per AUD $1.00 on July 1, 2019) and NetComm became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Acquisition was
accounted for under the acquisition method. The total purchase price is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed
based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. The fair value assigned to the tangible
and  intangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  are  based  on  estimates  and  assumptions  provided  by  management.  Goodwill  is  not  amortized  but
instead is tested for impairment at least annually.

NetComm is a global leader in the development of fixed wireless and distribution point broadband solutions. With the Acquisition, the Company now
offers a broad, highly competitive portfolio of 4G and 5G fixed wireless access products and customer premise equipment for vDSL2 and G.fast services for
service  providers.  This  factor  contributed  to  a  purchase  price  in  excess  of  fair  value  of  NetComm’s  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets,  leading  to  the
recognition of goodwill.

The total purchase price was preliminarily allocated to NetComm’s net tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair values as of the
date of Acquisition. NetComm’s cash and cash equivalents balance at the Acquisition date was $3,243; as such, total consideration net of cash acquired is
$109,431. NetComm’s existing debt of approximately $3,507 as of the Acquisition date has been accounted for as an assumed liability. As of July 1, 2019, all
contractual amounts receivable were expected to be collected. Based upon the purchase price and the valuation, the allocation of the total purchase price is as
follows:

Preliminary Purchase Price
Allocation

Assets acquired

Fair value of tangible assets:
Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Other assets

Goodwill
Identifiable intangible assets
Total assets acquired

Liabilities assumed

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Accrued income taxes
Deferred tax liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt
Other liabilities

Total liabilities assumed

Net assets acquired

$

$

$

$

$

18,142 
24,138 
2,240 
8,010 
365 
13 
50,347 
44,000 
147,255 

(9,719)
(13,178)
(140)
(10,791)
(3,507)
(489)
(37,824)

109,431

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The fair value of receivables acquired totaled $18,142 and as of the acquisition date all amounts of contractual cash flows are expected to be collected.

The preliminary allocation of the purchase price and the estimated useful lives associated with certain assets is as follows:

Net tangible assets
Identifiable intangible assets:
Developed technology
Customer relationships
Trade name
Goodwill

Total purchase price

Amount

  $

15,084   

Estimated Useful Life
—

25,000   
18,000   
1,000   
50,347   
109,431   

7 years
10 years
3 years
—

  $

Intangible assets of $44,000 have been allocated to identifiable intangible assets consisting of developed technology, amortized over seven years using
a straight-line amortization method; customer relationships, amortized over ten years using a straight-line amortization method; and a trade name, amortized
over three years using a straight-line amortization method. The weighted average life of the identifiable intangible assets recognized from the Acquisition was
8.2  years.  The  intangibles  acquired  in  the  Acquisition  are  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes.  Intangible  assets  recorded  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  at
December 31, 2019 consists of the following:

Developed technology
Customer relationships
Trade name

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net Carrying
Amount

25,000   
18,000   
1,000   
44,000    $

(1,786)  
(900)  
(166)  
(2,852)   $

23,214 
17,100 
834 
41,148

  $

The  Company  recorded  total  amortization  expense  of  $2,852,  of  which  $1,786  and  $1,066  were  included  in  product  cost  of  revenue  and  selling,
general  and  administrative  expense,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive
(loss) income.

Estimated amortization expense for intangible assets is summarized as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter

$

$

5,704 
5,704 
5,542 
5,372 
5,372 
13,454 
41,148

The Acquisition accounting resulted in goodwill of $50,347. Various factors contributed to the establishment of the goodwill, including: the strategic
benefit of expanding the breadth of the Company’s product offerings; the value of NetComm’s highly trained work force; the expected revenue growth over
time that is attributable to increased market penetration from future products and customers, and cross-selling by the sales force; and the synergies expected to
result from reducing redundant infrastructure such as corporate costs and field operations. The goodwill acquired in the Acquisition is not deductible for tax
purposes.

The results of operations of NetComm have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income
since  the  completion  of  the  Acquisition  on  July  1,  2019.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  NetComm  contributed  $75,769  to  the  Company’s
consolidated net revenues and $1,424 in after tax losses to the Company’s consolidated net loss. Transactions costs of $3,494 are included in selling, general
and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income for the year ended December 31, 2019.

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The unaudited pro forma financial information shown below summarizes the combined results of operations for the Company and NetComm as if the
closing of the Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2017, the first day of the Company’s fiscal year 2018. The unaudited pro forma financial information
includes  adjustments  that  are  directly  attributable  to  the  business  combination  and  are  factually  supportable.  The  adjustments  primarily  reflect  the
amortization of acquired intangible assets, the conversion of NetComm’s financial results from International Financial Reporting Standards to U.S. GAAP,
transaction costs related to the Acquisition, as well as the pro forma tax impact for such adjustments at the statutory rate. The pro forma financial information
also reflects a $3,200 adjustment for the amortization of the step up of inventory fair value that is directly attributable to the business combination, but is not
expected to have a continuing impact on the results of operations.

The  unaudited  pro  forma  results  below  do  not  reflect  the  expected  realization  of  cost  savings  following  the  Acquisition  or  anticipated  costs  the
Company  will  incur  to  realize  such  synergies.  These  savings  are  expected  to  result  from  streamlining  of  product  development  initiatives,  alignment  of
overlapping functional areas, such as sales and marketing and certain general and administrative functions. Although management expects that cost savings
will  result  from  the  Acquisition,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  these  cost  savings  will  be  achieved.  Accordingly,  these  unaudited  pro  forma  results  are
presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations of the combined company would have
been if the Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2017, nor are they indicative of future results of operations.

The unaudited pro forma combined results of the Company and NetComm are as follows:

Net revenue
Net (loss) income

4. Inventory

2019

  $

Year Ended December 31,
2018

375,306    $
(47,898)  

436,791    $
68,808   

2017

465,786 
76,432

Inventory as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods:

Manufactured finished goods
Deferred inventory costs

Valuation adjustment for excess and obsolete inventory

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

  $

24,000    $
17   

70,923   
4,263   
99,203   
(5,599)  
93,604    $

6,524 
571 

45,594 
1,073 
53,762 
(2,765)
50,997

The increase in gross inventory balances was primarily due to inventory acquired with the acquisition of NetComm on July 1, 2019. The increase in

the reserve for excess and obsolete inventory was primarily due to the overall increase in inventory balances.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

Computers and purchased software
Leasehold improvements
Furniture and fixtures
Machinery and equipment
Land
Building
Building improvements
Trial systems at customers’ sites

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

  $

22,294    $
4,380   
2,794   
40,002   
3,091   
4,765   
6,776   
6,039   
90,141   
(54,231)  
35,910    $

15,706 
1,340 
1,949 
21,979 
3,091 
4,765 
5,245 
7,116 
61,191 
(31,312)
29,879

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company transferred trial systems (into) from inventory into (from) property and
equipment  with  values  of  $(502),  $(357)  and  $877,  respectively,  net  of  transfers  of  trial  systems  to  cost  of  revenue.  In  addition,  the  Company  transferred
$(261), $371 and $2,566 of equipment from inventory into property and equipment during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Total depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment totaled $11,870, $9,454 and $7,738 for the years ended December 31, 2019,

2018 and 2017, respectively.

6. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

Accrued compensation and related taxes
Accrued warranty (see Note 2)
Dividends and equitable adjustments payable (see Note 11)
Accrued customer incentives
Other accrued expenses

7. Fair Value Measurements

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

  $

18,540    $
2,448   
750   
233   
12,596   
34,567    $

18,301 
926 
3,336 
5,368 
9,061 
36,992

The Company’s cash equivalents include certificates of deposit and money market mutual funds, which are valued using Level 1 or Level 2 inputs in
the  fair  value  hierarchy.  The  Company’s  marketable  securities  consist  of  certificates  of  deposit,  which  are  valued  using  Level  2  inputs  in  the  fair  value
hierarchy. The Company’s foreign currency forward contracts are valued using Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The Company’s SARs are valued
using as Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy based on management’s judgment and the assumptions set forth in Note 13 as there is no market activity to
derive an estimate of their fair value. Changes in the fair value of SARs are recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and
comprehensive (loss) income.

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables present information about the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and

indicate the level of the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine such fair values:

Assets:

Certificates of deposit
Certificates of deposit—restricted cash
Money market mutual funds
Foreign currency forward contracts

Liabilities:
SARs
Foreign currency forward contracts

Assets:

Certificates of deposit
Certificates of deposit—restricted cash
Money market mutual funds
Foreign currency forward contracts

Liabilities:
SARs
Foreign currency forward contracts

Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2019 Using:

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

—    $
—   
53,763   
—   
53,763    $

—    $
—   
—    $

10,933    $
1,019   
—   
23   
11,975    $

—    $
50   
50    $

—    $
—   
—   
—   
—    $

264    $
—   
264    $

10,933 
1,019 
53,763 
23 
65,738 

264 
50 
314

Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2018 Using:

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

—    $
—   
252,963   
—   

252,963    $

—    $
—   
—    $

19,873    $
1,019 

—   
254   
21,146    $

—    $
252   
252    $

—    $
—   
—   
—   
—    $

1,387    $
—   
1,387    $

19,873 
1,019 
252,963 
254 
274,109 

1,387 
252 
1,639

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3.

The liability for SARs in the table above consists of the fair value of the SARs granted to the Company’s employees. The fair values of the SARs are
based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The Company’s valuation of
these SARs utilized the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates assumptions and estimates to determine their fair values (see Note 13). The
Company assesses these assumptions and estimates on a quarterly basis as additional information impacting the assumptions is obtained. Changes in the fair
value  of  the  SARs  liability  are  recognized  as  stock-based  compensation  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  (loss)
income.

The following table provides a summary of changes in the fair values of the Company’s SARs liability, for which fair value is determined by Level 3

inputs:

Fair value at beginning of the year

Change in fair value
Exercises

Fair value at end of year

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

  $

  $

1,387    $
(1,123)  
—   
264    $

2,155    $
(768)  
—   
1,387    $

1,195 
960 
— 
2,155

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

Cash
Cash equivalents and restricted cash:

Certificates of deposit
Certificates of deposit—restricted cash
Money market mutual funds

Total cash equivalents and restricted cash
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

8. Derivative Instruments

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

48,942    $

7,751 

10,933   
1,019   
53,763   
65,715   
114,657    $

19,873 
1,019 
252,963 
273,855 
281,606

  $

The Company has certain international customers that are billed in foreign currencies. To mitigate the volatility related to fluctuations in the foreign
exchange rates for accounts receivable denominated in foreign currencies, the Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts. As of December 31,
2019, the Company had foreign currency forward contracts outstanding with notional amounts totaling 500 Euros and 900 USD related to the Company’s
Australian subsidiary. These contracts mature during the first quarter of 2020. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had foreign currency forward contracts
outstanding with notional amounts totaling 25,741 Euros maturing during the second and third quarters of 2019.

The Company’s foreign currency forward contracts economically hedge certain risk but are not designated as hedges for financial reporting purposes,
and accordingly, all changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded as unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses and are
included in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income as a component of other income (expense). The Company records all
derivative instruments in the consolidated balance sheet at their fair values. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded an asset of $23 and
$254, respectively, and as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded a liability of $50 and $252, respectively, related to outstanding foreign
currency  forward  contracts,  which  were  included  in  prepaid  expenses  and  other  current  assets  and  in  accrued  expenses  and  other  current  liabilities,
respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets.

9. Income Taxes

Income before the provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 consisted of the following:

United States
Foreign

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

  $

  $

(40,055)   $
15,640   
(24,415)   $

10,527    $
55,411   
65,938    $

77,410 
45,408 
122,818

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 consisted of the following:

Current income tax provision:

Federal
State
Foreign

Total current income tax provision
Deferred income tax provision (benefit):

Federal
State
Foreign

Total deferred income tax (benefit) provision
Total income tax (benefit) provision

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

  $

  $

4,698    $
(121)  
(427)  
4,150   

18,387   
5,100   
(3,846)  
19,641   
23,791    $

(3,457)   $
(181)  
8,087   
4,449   

(10,699)  
(1,108)  
290   
(11,517)  
(7,068)   $

17,498 
589 
4,809 
22,896 

12,468 
(1,024)
(22)
11,422 
34,318

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

is as follows:

Federal statutory income tax rate

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit
Research and development tax credits
Permanent differences
Domestic manufacturing deduction
Foreign tax rate differential
Equitable adjustment payments
Excess tax benefit from stock-based transactions
Foreign taxes withheld
Impact of deferred tax rate decrease under TCJA
TCJA one-time deemed repatriation of accumulated earnings of
   foreign subsidiaries
Global intangible low-taxed income
Withholding tax on repatriation of accumulated earnings of foreign
   subsidiaries
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets
Other, net
Foreign derived intangible income
Research and development costs
Provision to return
Uncertain tax positions

Effective income tax rate

99

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

21.0%  
9.8 
10.3 
(1.6)
— 
10.2 
1.7 
3.3 
(9.6)
— 

— 
(4.1)

(0.1)
(144.2)
2.3 
3.9 
(4.3)
11.1 
(7.1)
(97.4)%  

21.0%  
(0.8)
(15.6)
1.1 
— 
(6.6)
(1.8)
(25.2)
3.3 
— 

— 
6.7 

0.1 
6.0 
1.1 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(10.7)%  

35.0%
0.6 
(3.5)
0.5 
(0.9)
(7.0)
(6.0)
(1.6)
— 
3.3 

7.1 
— 

1.1 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(0.7)
27.9%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The income tax effect of each type of temporary difference and carryforward as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was as follows:

Deferred tax assets:

Stock compensation
Tax credit carryforwards
Capitalized research and development costs
Inventory valuation
Accrued liabilities and reserves
Deferred revenue
Interest expense
Intellectual property rights
Other
Total deferred tax assets
Valuation Allowance

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation
Amortization
Deferred costs
Withholding tax on unremitted earnings
Prepaid expenses

Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

  $

3,827    $
9,900   
21,376   
1,756   
5,207   
1,520   
2,149   
999   
544   
47,278   
(39,124)  
8,154   

(1,159)  
(12,727)  
—   
(2,604)  
(588)  
(17,078)  
(8,924)   $

2,689 
7,599 
12,157 
698 
2,473 
3,147 
480 
— 
452 
29,695 
(3,926)
25,769 

(1,266)
— 
(134)
(2,572)
(219)
(4,191)
21,578

The Company has determined that it is more likely than not that a portion of its net U.S. deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31,
2019,  the  Company  recorded  a  valuation  allowance  of  $39,124  against  its  net  U.S.  deferred  tax  assets,  an  increase  of  $35,198  during  the  year  ended
December  31,  2019.  The  change  in  valuation  allowance  is  primarily  due  the  fact  that  the  Company  does  not  anticipate  sufficient  taxable  income  or  tax
liability to utilize its U.S. deferred tax assets in in the foreseeable future. The Company will continue to monitor the realizability of its net U.S. deferred tax
assets  taking  into  account  multiple  factors,  including  recent  operating  results,  future  taxable  income  projections  and  feasible  tax  planning  strategies.  The
Company intends to maintain a valuation allowance on all of its net U.S. deferred tax assets until there is sufficient evidence to support the reversal of all or
some portion of the valuation allowances. The release of all, or a portion of the valuation allowance would result in the recognition of certain deferred tax
assets and a decrease to income tax expense for the period the release is recorded.

On December 22, 2017, the TCJA was enacted which, among other things, lowered the U.S. corporate income tax rate to 21% from 35%, repealed the
domestic  production  activity  deductions,  limited  the  deductibility  of  certain  executive  compensation  and  interest  expense,  and  established  a  modified
territorial system requiring a mandatory deemed repatriation tax on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Beginning in 2018, the TCJA also requires
a minimum tax on certain future earnings generated by foreign subsidiaries while providing for future tax-free repatriation of such earnings through a 100%
dividends-received deduction.

While  the  intent  of  TCJA  was  to  provide  for  a  territorial  tax  system,  effective  for  taxable  years  beginning  after  January  1,  2018,  taxpayers  are
subjected to the GILTI provisions. The GILTI provisions require the Company to currently recognize in U.S. taxable income a deemed dividend inclusion of
foreign subsidiary earnings in excess of an allowable return on the foreign subsidiary’s tangible assets. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,
the  Company  recorded  income  tax  charges  $942  and  $4,410,  respectively,  related  to  GILTI.    The  Company  has  made  an  accounting  policy  election,  as
allowed  by  the  SEC  and  FASB,  to  recognize  the  impacts  of  GILTI  within  the  period  incurred.   Therefore,  no  U.S.  deferred  taxes  are  provided  on  GILTI
inclusions of future foreign subsidiary earnings.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had available state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $9,403 which begin to expire in
2030.   Management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefit of its state research and development tax credits and
thus has recorded a valuation allowance against these tax credit carryforwards. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had foreign research and development
tax credit carryforwards of $12,335, which do not expire. Management has recorded an uncertain tax position of $11,193 related these credits

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2019, substantially all of the Company’s unremitted earnings have been taxed through either the deemed repatriation tax or as
GILTI income.  Of the total amount of undistributed earnings, $25,966 is not indefinitely reinvested and the Company has recorded a $2,597  deferred  tax
liability  related  to  its  withholding  taxes  associated  with  such  undistributed  earnings.    The  remaining  unremitted  earnings  of  the  Company’s  foreign
subsidiaries are indefinitely reinvested.

Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income within
other income (expense) and totaled $1,278, $211 and $14 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The liability recorded for
potential penalties and interest was $1,646 and $369 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company had a total recorded liability of $10,211
and $3,038 related to uncertain tax positions, inclusive of penalties and interest, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, which is included in accrued
income taxes, net of current portion in the consolidated balance sheets.  As of December 31, 2019, the amount of uncertain tax benefits that, if recognized,
would impact the effective income tax rate is $2,835.

The aggregate changes in the balance of gross uncertain tax positions, which excludes interest and penalties, for the years ended December 31, 2019,

2018 and 2017 were as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2017

Settlement/decreases related to tax positions taken during prior years
Increases related to tax positions taken during prior years
Increases related to tax positions taken during the current year

Balance at December 31, 2017

Settlement/decreases related to tax positions taken during prior years
Increases related to tax positions taken during prior years
Increases related to tax positions taken during the current year

Balance at December 31, 2018

Settlement/decreases related to tax positions taken during prior years
Increases related to tax positions taken during prior years
Increases related to tax positions taken during the current year

Balance at December 31, 2019

$

$

318 
— 
— 
1,377 
1,695 
— 
241 
810 
2,746 
(49)
18,434 
364 
21,495

The significant increase in tax positions taken during prior years relates to primarily to acquired positions of $12,653, and transfer pricing positions of

$5,781.

The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  file  income  tax  returns  in  the  U.S.  federal  jurisdiction  as  well  as  various  states  and  foreign  jurisdictions.  The
Company  and  certain  subsidiaries  have  tax  years  that  remain  open  and  are  subject  to  examination  by  tax  authorities  in  the  following  major  taxing
jurisdictions: United States for tax years 2016 through 2019, Ireland for tax years 2015 through 2019, China for tax years 2009 through 2019 (for transfer
pricing adjustments, the statute of limitation in China is ten years) and Australia for tax years 2015 through 2019. The Company files income tax returns on a
combined, unitary, or stand-alone basis in multiple state and local jurisdictions, which generally have statutes of limitations from three to four years. If any
issues addressed in the Company’s tax audits are resolved in a manner not consistent with management’s expectations, the Company would be required to
adjust its provision for income tax in the period such resolution occurs. Although timing of the resolution and/or closure of audits is highly uncertain, the
Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that its unrecognized tax benefits will materially change in the next 12 months.

10. Debt

The aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

Term loans
Mortgage loan

Total principal amount of debt outstanding

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

  $

291,000    $
6,644   
297,644    $

294,000 
6,958 
300,958

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current and non-current debt obligations reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

Current liabilities:
Term loans
Mortgage loan

Current portion of principal payment obligations

Unamortized debt issuance costs, current portion

Current portion of long-term debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs

Non-current liabilities:

Term loans
Mortgage loan

Non-current portion of principal payment obligations

Unamortized debt issuance costs, non-current portion

Long-term debt, net of current portion and unamortized debt issuance costs

Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facilities

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

  $

  $

  $

3,000    $
6,644   
9,644   
(1,120)  
8,524    $

288,000    $
—   
288,000   
(3,244)  
284,756    $

3,000 
314 
3,314 
(1,135)
2,179 

291,000 
6,644 
297,644 
(4,364)
293,280

On December 20, 2016, the Company entered into a credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, various lenders and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC providing for (i) a term loan facility of $300,000 and (ii) a revolving credit facility of up to $25,000 in
revolving credit loans and letters of credit.

As  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  $291,000  and  $294,000  in  principal  amount,  respectively,  were  outstanding  under  the  term  loan  facility  (the
“Term Loans”) and as of December 31, 2019 we did not have any outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility; however, the Company had used
$1,343 under the revolving credit facility for two stand-by letters of credit, one which served as collateral to one of the Company’s customers pursuant to a
contractual obligation and one which is used as collateral for operating leases in Australia. The Company did not have any outstanding borrowings under the
revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2018. In addition, the Company may, subject to certain conditions, including the consent of the administrative
agent and the institutions providing such increases, increase the facilities by an unlimited amount so long as the Company is in compliance with specified
leverage ratios, or otherwise by up to $70,000.

Borrowings under the facilities bear interest at a floating rate, which can be either a Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin or, at the Company’s
option, a base rate (defined as the highest of (x) the JPMorgan Chase, N.A. prime rate, (y) the federal funds effective rate, plus one-half percent (0.50%) per
annum and (z) a one-month Eurodollar rate plus 1.00% per annum) plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for borrowings under the term loan
facility is 4.00% per annum for Eurodollar rate loans (subject to a 1.00% per annum interest rate floor) and 3.00% per annum for base rate loans. As a result
of the completion of the Company’s IPO in December 2017, the applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit facility is 1.75% per annum for
Eurodollar rate loans and 0.75% per annum for base rate loans, subject to reduction based on the Company’s maintaining of specified net leverage ratios. The
interest rates payable under the facilities are subject to an increase of 2.00% per annum during the continuance of any payment default.

For Eurodollar rate loans, the Company may select interest periods of one, three or six months or, with the consent of all relevant affected lenders,
twelve months. Interest will be payable at the end of the selected interest period, but no less frequently than every three months within the selected interest
period. Interest on any base rate loan is not set for any specified period and is payable quarterly. The Company has the right to convert Eurodollar rate loans
into base rate loans and the right to convert base rate loans into Eurodollar rate loans at its option, subject, in the case of Eurodollar rate loans, to prepayment
penalties if the conversion is effected prior to the end of the applicable interest period. As of December 31, 2019, the interest rate on the Term Loans was
5.80% per annum, which was based on a one-month Eurodollar rate of 1.80% per annum plus the applicable margin of 4.00% per annum for Eurodollar rate
loans. As of December 31, 2018, the interest rate on the Term Loans was 6.52% per annum, which was based on a one-month Eurodollar rate of 2.52% per
annum plus the applicable margin of 4.00% per annum for Eurodollar rate loans.

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Upon entering into the term loan facility, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of $7,811, which were initially recorded as a reduction of the debt
liability and are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method from the issuance date of the Term Loan until the maturity date. Principal
payments of $3,000 were made under the term loan facility during each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Interest expense, including
the amortization of debt issuance costs, totaled $19,728, $19,146 and $16,800 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The revolving credit facility also requires payment of quarterly commitment fees at a rate of 0.25% per annum on the difference between committed
amounts  and  amounts  actually  borrowed  under  the  facility  and  customary  letter  of  credit  fees.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,
interest expense related to the fee for the unused amount of the revolving credit facility totaled $59 $62 and $61, respectively.

The  Term  Loans  mature  on  December  20,  2023,  and  the  revolving  credit  facility  matures  on  December  20,  2021.  The  Term  Loans  are  subject  to
amortization in equal quarterly installments, which commenced on March 31, 2017, of principal in an annual aggregate amount equal to 1.0% of the original
principal amount of the Term Loans of $300,000, with the remaining outstanding balance payable at the date of maturity.

Voluntary prepayments of principal amounts outstanding under the term loan facility are permitted at any time; however, if a prepayment of principal
is made with respect to a Eurodollar loan on a date other than the last day of the applicable interest period, the Company is required to compensate the lenders
for  any  funding  losses  and  expenses  incurred  as  a  result  of  the  prepayment.  Prior  to  the  revolving  credit  facility  maturity  date,  funds  borrowed  under  the
revolving credit facility may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed, without premium or penalty.

In  addition,  the  Company  is  required  to  make  mandatory  prepayments  under  the  facilities  with  respect  to  (i)  100%  of  the  net  cash  proceeds  from
certain  asset  dispositions  (including  casualty  and  condemnation  events)  by  the  Company  or  certain  of  its  subsidiaries,  subject  to  certain  exceptions  and
reinvestment  provisions,  (ii)  100%  of  the  net  cash  proceeds  from  the  issuance  or  incurrence  of  any  additional  debt  by  the  Company  or  certain  of  its
subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, and (iii) 50% of the Company’s excess cash flow, as defined in the credit agreement, subject to reduction upon its
achievement of specified performance targets.

The  facilities  are  secured  by,  among  other  things,  a  first  priority  security  interest,  subject  to  permitted  liens,  in  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s
assets and all of the assets of certain of its subsidiaries and a pledge of certain of the stock of certain of its subsidiaries, in each case subject to specified
exceptions. The facilities contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay dividends, and,
with respect to the revolving credit facility, a financial covenant requiring the Company to maintain a specified total net leverage ratio in the event that on the
last  day  of  any  fiscal  quarter  the  Company  has  utilized  more  than  30%  of  its  borrowing  capacity  under  the  facility.  The  Company’s  net  leverage  ratio
exceeded  the  maximum  on  December  31,  2019;  however,  as  the  Company’s  utilization  of  the  revolving  credit  facility  did  not  exceed  the  30%  testing
threshold on December 31, 2019, the Company was not in default the revolving credit facility as a result of the Company’s net leverage ratio exceeding the
maximum  permitted  amount.  The  Company  was  in  compliance  with  all  other  applicable  covenants  of  the  facilities  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  with  all
applicable covenants as of December 31, 2018.

Commercial Mortgage Loan

On  July  1,  2015,  the  Company  entered  into  a  commercial  mortgage  loan  agreement  in  the  amount  of  $7,950  (the  “Mortgage  Loan”).  Borrowings
under the Mortgage Loan bear interest at a rate of 3.5% per annum and are repayable in 60 monthly installments of $46, consisting of principal and interest
based on a 20-year amortization schedule. The remaining amount of unpaid principal under the Mortgage Loan is due on the maturity date of July 1, 2020.
Upon entering into the Mortgage Loan, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of $45, which were initially recorded as a direct deduction from the debt
liability and are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method from issuance date of the loan until the maturity date.

The  Company  made  principal  payments  under  the  Mortgage  Loan  of  $314,  $303  and  $292  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and
2017, respectively. Interest expense, including the amortization of debt issuance costs, totaled $249, $260 and $272 for the years ended December 31, 2019,
2018 and 2017, respectively.

The  Mortgage  Loan  is  secured  by  the  land  and  building  purchased  in  March  2015  and  subjects  the  Company  to  various  affirmative,  negative  and
financial covenants, including maintenance of a minimum debt service ratio. The Company was in compliance with all covenants of the Mortgage Loan as of
December 31, 2019 and 2018.

103

 
As of December 31, 2019, aggregate minimum future principal payments of the Company’s debt are summarized as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter

11. Stockholders’ Equity

$

$

9,644 
3,000 
3,000 
3,000 
279,000 
- 
297,644

Upon the closing of the Company’s IPO on December 19, 2017, all shares of the Company’s then-outstanding preferred stock automatically converted
on  a  ten-for-one  basis  into  an  aggregate  of  40,382  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  In  addition,  the  Company  filed  a  restated  certificate  of
incorporation, which authorized the issuance of preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by the board
of directors. As of December 31, 2019, there were 5,000 shares of preferred stock authorized with a par value of $0.001 per share, and no shares of preferred
stock issued or outstanding.

Special Dividends to Holders of Common and Preferred Stock

November 2017 Special Dividend

On November 30, 2017, the board of directors declared a special dividend to the holders of common stock and preferred stock of record on that date,
contingent upon the closing of the Company’s IPO. The cash dividend declared to stockholders was $0.5802 per share of common stock, $5.8020 per share of
Series B convertible preferred stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and $5.8020 per share of Series C convertible preferred stock (the “Series C Preferred
Stock”).  Related  to  this  special  dividend  declared  in  November  2017,  the  Company  paid  $865  and  $42,137  of  dividends  to  the  common  and  preferred
stockholders during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and no dividend payments with respect to this special dividend were payable
as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

In  connection  with  this  special  dividend  declared  in  November  2017,  the  board  of  directors  also  approved,  contingent  upon  the  payment  of  the
November 2017 special dividend, cash payments to be made to holders of the Company’s stock options, SARs and RSUs as an equitable adjustment to the
holders of such instruments in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s equity incentive plans. The equitable adjustment payments to the holders of
the stock options, SARs and RSUs are equal to $0.5802 per share multiplied by the net number of shares subject to outstanding equity awards after applying
the  treasury  stock  method.  The  cash  payments  to  such  holders  will  be  made  as  their  equity  awards  vest  through  fiscal  year  2021.  During the years ended
December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  the  Company  paid  $426,  $1,132  and  $5,193,  respectively,  to  the  holders  of  such  vested  equity  awards.  As  of
December 31, 2019 and 2018, equitable adjustment payments to be made as equity awards vest through fiscal year 2021, net of estimated forfeitures, totaled
$177 and $603, respectively, and were included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The  cash  dividends  declared  to  the  holders  of  common  stock,  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  and  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  totaled  $19,572,  $1,039  and
$22,391, respectively, and the equitable adjustment to the holders of stock options, SARs and RSUs, net of estimated forfeitures, totaled $6,928. The $49,930
aggregate amount of such dividends and equitable adjustments was recorded as a charge to additional paid-in capital during the year ended December 31,
2017.

May 2017 Special Dividend

On May 10, 2017, the board of directors declared and the stockholders approved a special dividend to the holders of common stock and preferred
stock of record on that date. The cash dividend declared to stockholders was $1.1774 per share of common stock, $11.7744 per share of Series B Preferred
Stock and $11.7744 per share of Series C Preferred Stock. Related to this special dividend declared in May 2017, the Company paid 87,133 of dividends to
the common and preferred stockholders during the year ended December 31, 2017. No dividend payments with respect to this special dividend were payable
as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  connection  with  the  special  dividend  declared  in  May  2017,  the  board  of  directors  also  approved  cash  payments  to  be  made  to  holders  of  the
Company’s stock options, SARs and RSUs as an equitable adjustment to the holders of such instruments in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s
equity incentive plans. The equitable adjustment payments to the holders of the stock options, SARs and RSUs are equal to $1.1774 per share multiplied by
the net number of shares subject to outstanding equity awards after applying the treasury stock method. The cash payments to such holders will be made as
their equity awards vest through fiscal year 2021. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company paid $618, $1,492 and $10,431
to the holders of such vested equity awards. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, equitable adjustment payments to be made as equity awards vest through
fiscal year 2021, net of estimated forfeitures, totaled $182 and $800, respectively, and were included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The  cash  dividends  declared  to  the  holders  of  common  stock,  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  and  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  totaled  $39,585,  $2,108  and
$45,440,  respectively,  and  the  equitable  adjustment  to  the  holders  of  stock  options,  SARs  and  RSUs,  net  of  estimated  forfeitures,  totaled  $12,723.  The
$99,856 aggregate amount of such dividends and equitable adjustments was recorded as a charge to additional paid-in capital (until reduced to zero) and a
charge to accumulated deficit during the year ended December 31, 2017.

December 2016 Special Dividend

On December 21, 2016, the board of directors declared, and on December 29, 2016 the stockholders approved, a special dividend to the holders of
common stock and preferred stock of record on December 27, 2016. The cash dividend declared to stockholders was $2.3306 per share of common stock,
$23.3058 per share of Series B Preferred Stock and $23.3058 per share of Series C Preferred Stock. Related to this special dividend declared in December
2016, the Company paid $77,153 of dividends to the common and preferred stockholders during the year ended December 31, 2017. No dividend payments
with respect to this special dividend were payable as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

In connection with the special dividend declared in December 2016, the board of directors also approved cash payments to be made to holders of the
Company’s stock options, SARs and RSUs as an equitable adjustment to the holders of such instruments in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s
equity incentive plans. The equitable adjustment payments to the holders of stock options, SARs and RSUs are equal to $2.3306 per share multiplied by the
net number of shares subject to outstanding equity awards after applying the treasury stock method. The cash payments to such holders will be made as their
equity awards vest through fiscal year 2020. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company paid $1,286, $3,105 and $23,395,
respectively, to the holders of such vested equity awards. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, equitable adjustment payments to be made as equity awards
vest through fiscal year 2020, net of estimated forfeitures, totaled $335 and $1,621, respectively, and were included in accrued expenses and other current
liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

June 2016 Special Dividend

On June 17, 2016, the board of directors declared and the stockholders approved a special dividend to the holders of common stock and preferred
stock of record on that date. The cash dividend declared to stockholders was $0.5891 per share of common stock, $5.8910 per share of Series B Preferred
Stock,  and  $5.8910  per  share  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock.  Related  to  this  special  dividend  declared  in  June  2016,  the  Company  paid  no  dividends  to  the
common  and  preferred  stockholders  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  and  no  dividend  payments  with  respect  to  this  special
dividend were payable as of December 31, 2019 or 2018.

In  connection  with  the  special  dividend  declared  in  June  2016,  the  board  of  directors  also  approved  cash  payments  to  be  made  to  holders  of  the
Company’s stock options, SARs and RSUs as an equitable adjustment to the holders of such instruments in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s
equity incentive plans. The equitable adjustment payments to the holders of stock options, SARs and RSUs are equal to $0.5891 per share multiplied by the
net number of shares subject to outstanding equity awards after applying the treasury stock method. The cash payments to such holders will be made as their
equity  awards  vest  through  fiscal  year  2020.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  the  Company  paid  $259,  $684  and  $1,075,
respectively to the holders of such vested equity awards. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, equitable adjustment payments to be made as equity awards vest
through  fiscal  year  2020,  net  of  estimated  forfeitures,  totaled  $37  and  $296  and  were  included  in  accrued  expenses  and  other  current  liabilities  in  the
accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

105

 
November 2014 Special Dividend

On  November  30,  2014,  the  board  of  directors  declared  and  the  stockholders  approved  a  special  dividend  to  the  holders  of  common  stock  and
preferred stock of record on that date. The cash dividend declared to stockholders was $0.3835 per share of common stock, $3.8346 per share of Series B
Preferred Stock  and  $3.8346  per  share  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock.  Related  to  this  special  dividend  declared  in  November  2014,  the  Company  paid  no
dividends to the common and preferred stockholders during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and no dividend payments with respect to
this special dividend were payable as of December 31, 2019 or 2018.

In connection with the special dividend declared in November 2014, the board of directors also approved cash payments to be made to holders of the
Company’s stock options and SARs as an equitable adjustment to the holders of such instruments in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s equity
incentive plans. The equitable adjustment payments to the holders of stock options and SARs are equal to $0.3835 per share multiplied by the net number of
shares subject to outstanding equity awards after applying the treasury stock method. The cash payments to the holders of stock options and SARs were made
as  equity  awards  vested  through  fiscal  year  2018.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  the  Company  paid  $1,  $43  and  $117,
respectively, to the holders of stock options and SARs for vested equity awards. As of December 31, 2018, equitable adjustment payments to be made as
equity awards vested through fiscal year 2018, net of estimated forfeitures, totaled $20, and were included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in
the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. No equitable adjustment payments in connection with these awards remained outstanding as of December 31,
2019.

12. Common Stock

Upon the closing of the IPO on December 19, 2017, the Company filed a restated certificate of incorporation, which authorized the Company to issue
500,000  shares  of  $0.001  par  value  common  stock.  Each  share  of  common  stock  entitles  the  holder  to  one  vote  on  all  matters  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the
Company’s  stockholders.  Common  stockholders  are  entitled  to  receive  dividends,  as  may  be  declared  by  the  board  of  directors,  if  any,  subject  to  the
preferential  dividend  rights  of  the  preferred  stock.  Through  December  31,  2019,  except  for  the  special  cash  dividends  declared  on  November  30,  2014,
June 17, 2016, December 21, 2016, May 10, 2017 and November 30, 2017 (see Note 11), no dividends have been declared by the board of directors.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had reserved 20,630 shares of common stock for the exercise of outstanding stock options, the vesting of

outstanding RSUs, and the number of shares remaining available for grant under the Company’s 2017 Stock Incentive Plan (see Note 13). 

Stock Split

On  December  1,  2017,  the  Company  effected  a  five-for-one  stock  split  of  its  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock  and  a  proportional
adjustment to the existing conversion ratio of each series of the Company’s Convertible Preferred Stock (see Note 11). Accordingly, all share and per share
amounts for all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted retroactively, where applicable,
to reflect this stock split and adjustment of the preferred stock conversion ratios.

Stock Repurchase Program

On February 21, 2019, the Company announced a stock repurchase program authorizing it to repurchase up to $75,000 of the Company’s common
stock. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased 495 shares for $1,785, before commissions. As of December 31, 2019, $73,215
remained authorized for repurchases of the Company’s common stock under this stock repurchase program.

On  August  14,  2018,  the  Company  announced  a  stock  repurchase  program  authorizing  it  to  repurchase  up  to  $75,000  of  the  Company’s  common
stock. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company repurchased and retired 5,172 shares for $75,000, before commissions. Stock repurchases
under this program are now complete.

106

 
13. Stock-based Compensation

2003 Stock Incentive Plan

The Company’s 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2003 Plan”), provided for the grant of qualified incentive stock options, nonqualified
stock options, restricted stock or other stock-based awards to the Company’s employees, officers, directors, advisers and outside consultants. The number of
shares  authorized  for  grant  under  the  2003  Plan,  as  amended,  was  32,500  shares.  The  2003  Plan  was  administered  by  the  board  of  directors,  or  at  the
discretion of the board of directors, by a committee of the board or by one or more executive officers of the Company. The exercise prices, vesting and other
restrictions  were  determined  at  the  discretion  of  the  board  of  directors,  or  their  committee  or  by  one  or  more  executive  officers  of  the  Company,  if  so
delegated.

The 2003 Plan was terminated in August 2011, and the remaining 2,140 shares available for issuance under the plan at that time were transferred to
the Company’s 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”). The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, canceled, repurchased or
are otherwise terminated by the Company under the 2003 Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the Company’s
2017 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”).

2011 Stock Incentive Plan

The 2011 Plan provided for the Company to sell or issue common stock or restricted common stock, or to grant qualified incentive stock options,
nonqualified stock options, SARs, RSUs or other stock-based awards to the Company’s employees, officers, directors, advisers and outside consultants. The
2011 Plan was administered by the board of directors, or at the discretion of the board of directors, by a committee of the board. The exercise prices, vesting
and other restrictions were determined at the discretion of the board of directors, or their committee if so delegated, except that the exercise price per share of
stock options could not be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant and the term of the stock option could not be greater
than ten years. The stock options generally vest over a four-year period and expire ten years from the date of grant. Certain options provide for accelerated
vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the stock option agreements).

The 2011 Plan was terminated for the purpose of making new grants in December 2017, and the remaining 2,855 shares available for issuance under
the 2011 Plan at that time were transferred to the 2017 Plan. Awards outstanding under the 2011 Plan at the time of the 2011 Plan’s termination will continue
to  be  governed  by  their  existing  terms.    The  shares  of  common  stock  underlying  any  awards  that  are  forfeited,  canceled,  repurchased  or  are  otherwise
terminated by the Company under the 2011 Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2017 Plan.

2017 Stock Incentive Plan

On November 17, 2017, the Company’s board of directors adopted, and on November 30, 2017, the Company’s stockholders approved, the 2017 Plan,
which became effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for the IPO. The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of incentive
stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards. The number
of shares initially reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan is the sum of 7,161 shares, plus the number of shares (up to 18,746 shares) equal to the sum of (i)
the number of shares remaining available for issuance under the 2003 Plan and 2011 Plan upon the effectiveness of the 2017 Plan and (ii) the number of
shares  of  common  stock  subject  to  outstanding  awards  under  the  2003  Plan  and  2011  Plan  that  expire,  terminate  or  are  otherwise  surrendered,  canceled,
forfeited or repurchased by the Company at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right. The number of shares of common stock
that  may  be  issued  under  the  2017  Plan  will  automatically  increase  on  each  January  1,  beginning  with  the  fiscal  year  ending  December  31,  2019  and
continuing  for  each  fiscal  year  until,  and  including,  the  fiscal  year  ending  December  31,  2027,  equal  to  the  least  of  (i)  20,000  shares,  (ii)  4%  of  the
outstanding  shares  of  common  stock  on  such  date  and  (iii)  an  amount  determined  by  the  Company’s  board  of  directors.  The  shares  of  common  stock
underlying any awards that are forfeited, canceled, repurchased or are otherwise terminated by the Company under the 2017 Plan will be added back to the
shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2017 Plan.  The total number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2017 Plan was 13,565
shares as of December 31, 2019, of which 10,727 shares remained available for future grant.

107

 
Stock Option Valuation

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model that uses the assumptions noted in
the  table  below.  Expected  volatility  for  the  Company’s  common  stock  was  determined  based  on  an  average  of  the  historical  volatility  of  a  peer  group  of
similar public companies. The expected term of options granted was calculated using the simplified method, which represents the average of the contractual
term  of  the  option  and  the  weighted-average  vesting  period  of  the  option.  The  Company  uses  the  simplified  method  because  it  does  not  have  sufficient
historical option exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. The expected dividend yield is based on the fact that
the Company does not have a history of paying cash dividends, except for the special dividends declared in November 2014, June 2016, December 2016, May
2017 and November 2017 (see Note 11), and in those circumstances, the board of directors approved cash dividends to be paid to holders of the Company’s
stock options and SARs upon vesting as an equitable adjustment to the holders of such instruments. The risk-free rate for periods within the expected life of
the option is based upon the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

In determining the exercise prices for options granted prior to the Company’s IPO, the Company’s board of directors considered the fair value of the
common stock as of the measurement date. The fair value of the common stock was determined by the board of directors at each award grant date based upon
a  variety  of  factors,  including  the  results  obtained  from  an  independent  third-party  valuation  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  the  Company’s  financial
position and historical financial performance, the status of technological developments within the Company’s products, the composition and ability of the
current management team, an evaluation or benchmark of the Company’s competition, the current business climate in the marketplace, the illiquid nature of
the common stock, the effect of the rights and preferences of the holders of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, and the prospects of a liquidity event,
among others. Subsequent to the completion of the IPO, the Company uses the closing price of its common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select
Market on the applicable date of grant to determine the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying stock options.

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model were as follows:

Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (in years)
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield

Stock Options

2019
1.6%-2.5%
6.1-6.2
28.8%–30.6%
0.0%

Year Ended December 31,

2018
2.7%–3.0%
6.0–6.2
30.6%–32.6%
0.0%

2017
2.0%–2.2%
6.0–6.2
33.0%–38.5%
0.0%

A summary of option activity under the 2003 Plan, the 2011 Plan and the 2017 Plan for the year ended December 31, 2019 is as follows:

Outstanding at January 1, 2019

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

Options exercisable at December 31, 2019
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2019

Number
of
Shares

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

9,566    $
213   
(1,129)  
(400)  
8,250    $

6,983    $
8,186    $

7.29   
6.52   
2.38   
11.69   
7.73   

6.65   
7.69   

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

6.35    $

61,561 

5.65    $

5.22    $
5.63    $

4,235 

4,218 
4,233

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $2.13, $7.59 and $4.74
per share, respectively. Cash proceeds received upon the exercise of options were $2,687, $14,730 and $274 during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018
and 2017, respectively. The intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $6,970, $105,787 and
$1,915,  respectively.  The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  is  calculated  as  the  difference  between  the  exercise  price  of  the  stock  options  and  the  fair  value  of  the
Company’s common stock for those stock options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company’s common stock.

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted Stock Units

On February 5, 2019, February 19,  2019, May 16, 2019, June 11, 2019, July 30, 2019, September 11, 2019, and December 11, 2019 the Company
granted 714, 229, 68, 105, 134, 130, and 8 RSUs, respectively, under the 2017 Plan. On March 8, 2018, June 6, 2018, June 14, 2018, September 27, 2018,
November 27, 2018, December 14, 2018, the Company granted 103, 7, 83, 185, 20 and 22 RSUs, respectively, under the 2017 Plan. On January 31, 2017 and
May 15, 2017, the Company granted 176 and 15 RSUs, respectively, under the 2011 Plan.  On December 15, 2017, the Company granted 35 RSUs under the
2017 Plan.  On March 26, 2016 and January 23, 2015, the Company granted 244 and 2,103 RSUs, respectively, under the 2011 Plan. The RSUs vest ratably
over a one- to four-year period from the date of grant. The grant-date fair value of each RSU award is being recorded as stock-based compensation expense
on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period for the RSUs, which is generally one to four years. The fair value of each
RSU on the date of grant is the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant. A summary of RSU activity under the 2011 Plan
and the 2017 Plan for the year ended December 31, 2019 is as follows:

Unvested balance at January 1, 2019

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Unvested balance at December 31, 2019

Number of
Shares

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Aggregate
Fair
Value

759    $

1,389   
(320)  
(175)  
1,653    $

13.40   
10.08   
10.67    $
10.92   
11.38   

3,659 

The Company withheld 77, 1 and 310 shares of common stock in settlement of employee tax withholding obligations due upon the vesting of RSUs

during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Stock Appreciation Rights

In  January  2017,  the  Company  granted  110  SARs  that  allow  the  holder  the  right,  upon  exercise,  to  receive  in  cash  the  amount  of  the  difference
between the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of exercise and the price of the underlying common stock at the date of grant of
each SAR. The price of the underlying common stock on the date of grant was $12.24 per share and the grant-date fair value was $4.52 per SAR. No SARs
were granted during each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. The SARs vest over a four-year period from the date of grant and expire ten years
from the date of grant. As of December 31, 2019, 220 SARs were outstanding, inclusive of grants made prior to 2017, of which 218 SARs were vested and
exercisable, with a fair value of $1.21 per SAR, and 2 SARs were not yet vested. During the year ended December 31, 2019, 20 SARs were forfeited. The fair
value of the SAR liability as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $264 and $1,387, respectively (see Note 7), and was included in accrued expenses and other
current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $9,821, $8,894 and $9,136 during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively, which is based on the number of stock options, RSUs and SARs ultimately expected to vest. As of December 31, 2019, there was $18,413 of
unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding stock options, RSUs and SARs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of
2.53 years.

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, RSUs and SARs for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was classified in

the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income as follows:

Cost of revenue
Research and development expenses
Selling, general and administrative

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

  $

  $

216    $

1,569   
8,036   
9,821    $

249    $

1,864   
6,781   
8,894    $

306 
2,864 
5,966 
9,136

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. Net (Loss) Income per Share

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows:

Numerator:

Net (loss) income
Cumulative dividends on convertible preferred
   stock
Dividends declared on convertible preferred
   stock

Net (loss) income attributable to common
   stockholders, basic and diluted

Denominator:

Weighted-average shares used to compute net
   (loss) income per share attributable to common
   stockholders, basic

Dilutive effect of stock options
Dilutive effect of restricted stock units
Weighted-average shares used to compute net
   (loss) income per share attributable to common
   stockholders, diluted

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common
   stockholders:

Basic

Diluted

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

  $

(48,206)   $

73,006    $

88,500 

—   

—   

—   

—   

(5,674)

(70,977)

  $

(48,206)   $

73,006    $

11,849 

83,853   
—   
—   

83,539   
8,086   
252   

35,359 
9,141 
472 

83,853   

91,877   

44,972 

  $

  $

(0.57)   $

(0.57)   $

0.87    $

0.79    $

0.34 

0.26

The following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, were excluded from the computation of diluted

net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been anti-dilutive:

Options to purchase common stock
Unvested restricted stock units

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

4,641   
1,516   

2,213 
168 

2,281 
35

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
15. Segment Information

The  Company  operates  as  one  operating  segment.  Operating  segments  are  defined  as  components  of  an  enterprise  for  which  separate  financial
information is regularly evaluated by the Company’s chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and
assess performance. The Company has determined that its chief operating decision maker is its President and Chief Executive Officer. The Company’s chief
operating decision maker reviews the Company’s financial information on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and assessing financial
performance. Since the Company operates as one operating segment, all required financial segment information can be found in these consolidated financial
statements.

The following table summarizes the Company’s revenue based on the customer’s location, as determined by the customer’s shipping address:

North America:
United States
Canada

Total North America

Latin America
Europe, Middle East and Africa:

Germany
Other

Total Europe, Middle East and Africa

Asia-Pacific
Australia
Other

Total Asia-Pacific

Total revenue(1)

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

  $

  $

103,451    $
36,466   
139,917   
24,043   

13,773   
24,381   
38,154   

42,218   
37,965   
80,183   
282,297    $

104,124    $
41,884   
146,008   
32,283   

45,864   
35,479   
81,343   

24,354   
13,139   
37,493   
297,127    $

143,540 
58,316 
201,856 
40,347 

13,396 
48,062 
61,458 

18,348 
29,566 
47,914 
351,575

(1)

Other than the United States, Canada, Germany and Australia, no individual countries represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue for
any of the periods presented.

The Company’s property and equipment, net by location was as follows:

United States
China
Australia
Other

Total property and equipment, net

16. Related Parties

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

  $

25,583    $
3,277   
4,041   
3,009   
35,910    $

25,088 
2,623 
— 
2,168 
29,879

Transactions Involving Liberty Global Ventures Holding B.V. and its Affiliates

Liberty  Global  Ventures  Holding  B.V.  was  a  principal  stockholder  of  the  Company  through  its  ownership  of  common  stock.  Affiliates  of  Liberty
Global Ventures Holding B.V. (“Liberty Global Affiliates”) are customers of the Company. Liberty Global Affiliates ceased being a principal stockholder as
of October 19, 2018, when it disposed a portion of its ownership of the Company’s stock. During the periods in which it was a related party in the years ended
December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized revenue of $22,252 and $39,370, respectively, from transactions with Liberty Global Affiliates and
amounts received in cash from Liberty Global Affiliates totaled $30,432 and $38,273, respectively.

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consulting Agreement with Bill Styslinger

In March 2012, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Bill Styslinger, a member of its board of directors, for the provision of sales
management, corporate strategy and advisory services, which was initially scheduled to expire on January 31, 2014. The Company extended the term of the
consulting agreement on two occasions, and the consulting agreement expired on December 31, 2016. Under the consulting agreement, Mr. Styslinger was
granted stock options which entitled him to equitable adjustment payments (see Note 11).

In connection with the special dividends declared in December 2016 and May 2017, the Company paid Mr. Styslinger $1,075 as equitable adjustments
in the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company made no payments to Mr. Styslinger as equitable adjustments in the years ended December 31, 2019 and
2018.

In addition, during both the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized selling, general and administrative expenses of $205
for Mr. Styslinger’s services as a non-employee director. As of December 31, 2018, $14 was due to Mr. Styslinger for his services as a non-employee director.
No amount was due to Mr. Styslinger for his services as a non-employee director as of December 31, 2019.

Employment of Rongke Xie

Rongke  Xie,  who  serves  as  Deputy  General  Manager  of  Guangzhou  Casa  Communication  Technology  LTD  (“Casa  China”),  a  subsidiary  of  the
Company, is the sister of Lucy Xie, the Company’s Senior Vice President of Operations and a member of the Company’s board of directors. Casa China paid
Rongke Xie $117, $143 and $160 in total compensation in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, for her services as an employee.

In addition, during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company granted to Rongke Xie 8 and 5 RSUs, respectively, which vest in
annual installments over a four-year period. The grant-date fair value of the award totaled $100 and $100, respectively, which will be recorded as stock-based
compensation expense over the vesting period of the award. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized selling, general
and administrative expenses of $46 and $13 related to these awards, respectively.

17. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases manufacturing, warehouse and office space in the United States, China, Hong Kong, Spain, Australia and the United Kingdom
under non-cancelable operating leases that expire through 2023. The Company also has a lease in Ireland that expires in 2026, but provides the Company the
right to terminate in 2021. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $2,459, $1,029 and $933, respectively. Rent expense is
recorded  on  a  straight-line  basis,  and,  as  a  result,  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  the  Company  had  a  deferred  rent  liability  of  $212  and  $184,
respectively, which is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2019 were as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter

Indemnification

$

$

2,723 
1,488 
114 
5 
— 
— 
4,330

The  Company  has,  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  agreed  to  defend  and  indemnify  certain  customers  against  third-party  claims  asserting

infringement of certain intellectual property rights, which may include patents, copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets.

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As permitted under Delaware law, the Company indemnifies its officers, directors and employees for certain events or occurrences that happen by

reason of their relationship with or position held at the Company.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had not experienced any losses related to these indemnification obligations and no material claims
were  outstanding.  The  Company  does  not  expect  significant  claims  related  to  these  indemnification  obligations  and,  consequently,  concluded  that  the  fair
value of these obligations is negligible, and no related liabilities were recorded in its consolidated financial statements.

Litigation

On May 29, 2019 and July 3, 2019, two putative class action lawsuits, Shen v. Chen et al. and Baig v. Chen et al., were filed in the Massachusetts
Superior Court against the Company, certain of its current and former executive officers and directors, Summit Partners, the Company’s largest investor, and
the underwriters from the Company’s December 15, 2017 initial public offering (the “IPO”) (collectively, the “defendants”).  These complaints purport to be
brought  on  behalf  of  all  purchasers  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  in  and/or  traceable  to  the  IPO.   The  complaints  generally  allege  that  (i)  each  of  the
defendants violated Section 11 and/or Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), because documents related to the
Company’s  IPO  including  its  registration  statement  and  prospectus  were  materially  misleading  by  containing  untrue  statements  of  material  fact  and/or
omitting to state material facts necessary to make such statements not misleading and (ii) the individual defendants and Summit Partners acted as controlling
persons within the meaning and in violation of Section 15 of the Securities Act.  On August 13, 2019, the Court consolidated these actions and referred the
consolidated  actions  to  the  Business  Litigation  Session  of  the  Massachusetts  Superior  Court  (the  “BLS”).    On  September  3,  2019,  the  BLS  accepted  the
consolidated  action  into  its  session  for  further  proceedings.    On  November  12,  2019,  the  plaintiffs  filed  an  amended  shareholder  class  action  complaint,
purportedly on behalf of all purchasers of the Company’s common stock in and/or traceable to the IPO, which contains substantially similar allegations and
asserts  the  same  claims  as  the  two  initial  complaints,  described  above.    Plaintiffs  seek  compensatory  damages,  costs  and  expenses,  including  counsel  and
expert fees, rescission or a rescissory measure of damages, and equitable and injunctive relief.  On January 14, 2020, the defendants filed motions to dismiss
the amended complaint.

On August 9, 2019, a third putative class action lawsuit, Donald Hook v. Casa Systems, Inc. et al., was filed in the Supreme Court of New York, New
York  County,  against  the  Company,  certain  of  its  current  and  former  executive  officers  and  directors,  Summit  Partners,  and  the  underwriters  from  the
IPO.  The complaint purports to be brought on behalf of all purchasers of the Company’s common stock in and/or traceable to the IPO and generally alleges
that (i) each of the defendants violated Section 11 and/or Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, because documents
related  to  the  IPO  including  its  registration  statement  and  prospectus  were  materially  misleading  by  containing  untrue  statements  of  material  fact  and/or
omitting to state material facts necessary to make such statements not misleading and (ii) the individual defendants and Summit Partners acted as controlling
persons  within  the  meaning  and  in  violation  of  Section  15  of  the  Securities  Act.    On  November  22,  2019,  the  plaintiff  filed  an  amended  complaint,
purportedly on behalf of all purchasers of the Company’s common stock in and/or traceable to the IPO, which contains substantially similar allegations as the
initial complaint, described above, and asserts claims for violations of Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act.  The plaintiff seeks compensatory damages,
costs and expenses, including counsel and expert fees, rescission or a rescissory measure of damages, disgorgement, and equitable and injunctive relief.  On
January 21, 2020, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint.

On August 13, 2019, a fourth putative class action lawsuit, Panther Partners, Inc. v. Guo et al., was filed in the Supreme Court of New York, New
York County, against the Company, certain of its current and former executive officers and directors, and the underwriters from the Company’s April 30, 2018
follow-on  offering  of  common  stock,  (the  “Follow-on  Offering”).    The  complaint  purports  to  be  brought  on  behalf  of  all  purchasers  of  the  Company’s
common  stock  in  the  Follow-on  Offering  and  generally  alleges  that  (i)  each  of  the  defendants,  other  than  Abraham  Pucheril,  violated  Section  11  of  the
Securities Act, and each of the defendants violated Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act, because documents related to the Company’s Follow-on Offering,
including  its  registration  statement  and  prospectus,  was  materially  misleading  by  containing  untrue  statements  of  material  fact  and/or  omitting  to  state
material facts necessary to make such statements not misleading and (ii) the individual defendants acted as controlling persons within the meaning and in
violation  of  Section  15  of  the  Securities  Act.    On  November  22,  2019,  the  plaintiff  filed  an  amended  class  action  complaint,  purportedly  on  behalf  of  all
purchasers of the Company’s common stock in the Follow-on Offering, which contains substantially similar allegations and asserts the same claims as the
initial  complaint,  described  above.    The  plaintiff  seeks  compensatory  damages,  costs  and  expenses,  including  counsel  and  expert  fees,  rescission  or  a
rescissory measure of damages, and equitable and injunctive relief.  On January 21, 2020, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint

113

 
No amounts have been accrued for any  of  the  putative  class  action  lawsuits  referenced  above  as  of  December  31,  2019  as  the  Company  does  not
believe the likelihood of a material loss is probable.  Although the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, the resolution of this
matter could have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations in the period in which such matter is resolved.

18. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has a Section 401(k) defined contribution savings plan for its employees. The plan covers substantially all employees in the United
States who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis, subject to
certain  limitations.  Company  contributions  to  the  plan  may  be  made  at  the  discretion  of  the  board  of  directors.  Effective  January  1,  2014,  the  Company
commenced  matching  contributions  in  the  amount  of  50%  of  the  employee’s  contributions  of  up  to  6%  of  eligible  wages.  The  Company  made  matching
contributions to the plan of $1,762, $1,630 and $1,484 in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

19. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of (loss) income data for each of the quarters in the years ended

December 31, 2019 and 2018:

Dec. 31,
2019

Sept. 30,
2019

June 30,
2019

Three Months Ended
Dec. 31,
2018

Mar. 31,
2019

(in thousands)

Sept. 30,
2018

June 30,
2018

Mar. 31,
2018

Revenue:

Product
Service

Total revenue

Cost of revenue:
Product
Services

Total cost of revenue
Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development
Selling, general and administrative

Total operating expenses

Income (loss) from operations
Other income (expense), net
Income (loss) before provision for
   (benefit from) income taxes
Provision for (benefit from)
   income taxes
Net (loss) income

Net (loss) income per share attributable
   to common stockholders:

Basic
Diluted

  $ 101,182    $ 71,319    $ 42,223    $ 26,653    $ 57,446    $ 60,817    $ 58,537    $ 80,189 
8,885 
89,074 

9,878     
    112,894      81,816      52,101     

10,185     
68,722     

10,379     
67,825     

8,833     
35,486     

10,689     
71,506     

11,712      10,497     

    52,076      40,578      10,976     
1,820     

1,302     

2,024     

    53,378      42,602      12,796 
    59,516      39,214      39,305     

    22,508      24,158      18,260     
    27,002      23,823      17,302     
    49,510      47,981      35,562     
    10,006 

(8,767)   
(5,343)    

3,743 
(3,010)    

(3,535)    

9,429     
1,560     
10,989     
24,497     

16,738     
1,408     
18,146     
49,679     

13,272     
1,303     
14,575     
56,931     

18,560     
761     

19,321 
49,401     

18,405     
20,193     
38,598     
(14,101)    
(3,408)    

17,345     
15,502     
32,847     
16,832     
(3,578)    

16,403     
17,905     
34,308     
22,623     
(2,731)    

16,696     
16,163     
32,859     
16,542     
(3,319)    

25,780 
1,339 
27,119 
61,955 

20,530 
18,456 
38,986 
22,969 
(3,400)

6,471     

(14,110)    

733     

(17,509)    

13,254     

19,892     

13,223     

19,569 

    32,131     
(5,612)    
  $ (25,660)   $ (8,498)   $

(558)    
1,793 
1,291    $ (15,339)   $ 14,916    $ 18,897    $ 21,417    $ 17,776 

(8,194)    

(1,662)    

(2,170)    

995     

 $
 $

(0.31)  $
(0.31)  $

(0.10)  $
(0.10)  $

0.02    $
0.01    $

(0.18)  $
(0.18)  $

0.18 
0.17 

 $
 $

0.22 
0.21 

 $
 $

0.26    $
0.23    $

0.22 
0.19

The net loss for the three months ended December 31, 2019 is primarily due to the recording of valuation allowances against our U.S. deferred tax

assets of $35,198.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
  
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
  
  
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a- 15(e) and 15d- 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act), as of
the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-
15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a
company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in
the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed
to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  a  company  in  the  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  accumulated  and
communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as
appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  Our  management  recognizes  that  any  controls  and  procedures,  no  matter  how  well
designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  of  achieving  their  objectives  and  our  management  necessarily  applies  its  judgment  in
evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of
the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that as of such date,
our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Internal  control  over  financial
reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s
principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

•

•

•

Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets
of the company;

Provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and,

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. In making this assessment, our
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated
2013  Framework.    Based  on  this  assessment,  our  management  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2019,  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is
effective based on those criteria.

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  does  not  include  an  attestation  report  of  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  due  to  a  transition

period established by rules of the SEC for “emerging growth companies”.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that have materially affected,

or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

115

 
 
 
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

The complete response to this Item regarding the backgrounds of our executive officers and directors and other information required by Items 401,
405  and  407  of  Regulation  S-K  is  expected  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  herein  to  our  definitive  proxy  statement  for  our  2020  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive
officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the code is available on our
website, www.casa-systems.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the Nasdaq Listing Rules concerning
any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  expected  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  herein  to  our  definitive  proxy  statement  for  our  2020  Annual

Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  expected  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  herein  to  our  definitive  proxy  statement  for  our  2020  Annual

Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  expected  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  herein  to  our  definitive  proxy  statement  for  our  2020  Annual

Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  expected  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  herein  to  our  definitive  proxy  statement  for  our  2020  Annual

Meeting of Stockholders.

116

 
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(l) Financial Statements

PART IV

Our consolidated financial statements are set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated herein by reference.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All financial schedules have been omitted because the required information is either presented in the consolidated financial statements or the notes

thereto or is not applicable or required.

(3) Exhibits

Description of Exhibit

  Form  

Incorporated by Reference
Date of
Filing

File No.

Exhibit
Number

Filed
Herewith

Deed, dated as of February 21, 2019, between Casa Systems, Inc. and
NetComm Wireless Limited

 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant 

 By‑laws of the Registrant

8-K  

001-38324

2/21/2019

10.1

8-K  

001-38324

8-K  

001-38324

12/19/2017

12/19/2017

 Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock

  S-1/A  

333-221658

12/4/2017

Description of Securities of the Registrant

  10.1#

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its
executive officers and directors

S-1  

333-221658

11/17/2017

  10.2#

 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2003 Stock Incentive
Plan

S-1  

333-221658

11/17/2017

S-1  

333-221658

11/17/2017

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 2003 Stock
Incentive Plan

S-1  

333-221658

11/17/2017

  10.5#

 Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2003 Stock Incentive Plan  

S-1  

333-221658

11/17/2017

  10.6#

 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2011 Stock Incentive
Plan

S-1  

333-221658

11/17/2017

S-1  

333-221658

11/17/2017

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 2011 Stock
Incentive Plan

S-1  

333-221658

11/17/2017

  10.9#

 Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2011 Stock Incentive Plan  

S-1  

333-221658

11/17/2017

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2011 Stock Incentive
Plan

S-1  

333-221658

11/17/2017

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under 2011 Stock
Incentive Plan

S-1  

333-221658

11/17/2017

10.11

  10.12#

 2017 Stock Incentive Plan

S-1  

333-221658

11/17/2017

  10.13#

 Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2017 Stock Incentive Plan

S-1  

333-221658

11/17/2017

10.12

10.13

117

  ✓

3.1

3.2

4.1

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

Exhibit
Number

    2.1

    3.1

    3.2

    4.1

    4.2

  10.3#

  10.4#

  10.7#

  10.8#

  10.10#

  10.11#

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  10.14#

 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2017 Stock Incentive Plan

  S-1   333-221658   11/17/2017  

10.14

  10.18

  10.19

  10.20

  10.21

  10.22

  10.23†

  10.24#

  10.25#

  10.26#

  10.28#

  21.1

  23.1

  31.1

  31.2

  32.1*

  32.2*

Mortgage, Security Agreement and Financing Statement, dated July 1, 2015,
between Casa Properties LLC and Middlesex Savings Bank

  S-1   333-221658   11/17/2017  

10.18

Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 26, 2010, between the Registrant
and the investors party thereto

  S-1   333-221658   11/17/2017  

10.19

Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2016, by and among the
Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent, and the other agents,
arrangers and lenders party thereto

  S-1   333-221658   11/17/2017  

10.20

Letters, dated as of February 1, 2017 and April 14, 2017, from the Registrant
to the lenders party to the Credit Agreement

  S-1   333-221658   11/17/2017  

10.21

Security Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2016, by and among the
Registrant, each of the subsidiaries of the Registrant party thereto, and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent

  S-1   333-221658   11/17/2017  

10.22

Master Purchase Agreement, dated October 31, 2013, between Time Warner
Cable Enterprises LLC and Casa Systems, Inc., as amended

  S-1   333-221658   11/17/2017  

10.23

Employment Agreement, dated November 17, 2017, by and between the
Registrant and Jerry Guo

Employment Agreement, dated November 17, 2017, by and between the
Registrant and Lucy Xie

Employment Agreement, dated November 17, 2017, by and between the
Registrant and Weidong Chen

  S-1   333-221658   11/17/2017  

10.24

  S-1   333-221658   11/17/2017  

10.25

  S-1   333-221658   11/17/2017  

10.26

Offer Letter, dated October 10, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Scott
Bruckner

 Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and
15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and
15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 XBRL Instance Document

101.INS
101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

118

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

#

†

*

Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as an exhibit hereto pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.

Confidential  treatment  requested  as  to  certain  portions,  which  portions  have  been  omitted  and  filed  separately  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.

Furnished herewith.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.

Not applicable.

119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to
be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in  the  Town  of  Andover,  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  on  this  27th  day  of
February, 2020.

SIGNATURES

CASA SYSTEMS, INC.

By:

/s/ Jerry Guo
Jerry Guo
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on

behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

/s/ Jerry Guo

Jerry Guo

/s/ Scott Bruckner

Scott Bruckner

/s/ Matthew Slepian

Matthew Slepian

/s/ Lucy Xie
Lucy Xie

/s/ Susana D’Emic
Susana D’Emic

/s/ Bruce R. Evans
Bruce R. Evans

/s/ Michael T. Hayashi
Michael T. Hayashi

/s/ Daniel S. Mead
Daniel S. Mead

/s/ Bill Styslinger
Bill Styslinger

Title

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
(Principal Executive Officer)

Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Date

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

Senior Vice President of Operations and Director

February 27, 2020

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

120

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 4.2

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES REGISTERED UNDER SECTION 12 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

The following description of registered securities of Casa Systems, Inc. (“us,” “our,” “we” or the “Company”) is intended as a summary only and

does not purport to be complete. It is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the
“Certificate of Incorporation”), the Company’s By-laws (the “By-laws”), and the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the
“DGCL”). The Certificate of Incorporation and the By-laws are incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.1 and Exhibit 3.2, respectively, to the Annual Report
on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit 4.2 is a part.

Authorized Capital Stock

Our authorized capital stock consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and 5,000,000

shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”). Our common stock is registered under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).

Common Stock

Voting Rights.  Holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do
not have cumulative voting rights. Any matter other than the election of directors to be voted upon by the stockholders at any meeting at which a quorum is
present shall be decided by the vote of the holders of shares of stock having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the holders of all of the shares of
stock present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on the matter, except when a different vote is required by law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the
stockholders entitled to vote on the election.

Dividends. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to

any preferential dividend rights of any series of Preferred Stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up. In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive
proportionately our net assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any
outstanding Preferred Stock.

Other Rights. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights and there are no sinking fund provisions

applicable to our Common Stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of Common Stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the
rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and the Delaware General Corporation Law That May Have Anti-Takeover Effects

Delaware Law. We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation

from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for three years following the date that the person became an interested
stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved
in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the “interested stockholder” and
the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an “interested stockholder” is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding
voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

Preferred Stock.  Under the terms of our Certificate of Incorporation, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of Preferred

Stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of Preferred Stock.
The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue Preferred Stock and determine its rights and

 
 
 
preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of Preferred Stock, while providing flexibility in
connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to
acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

Staggered Board; Removal of Directors. Our Certificate of Incorporation and our By-laws divide our board of directors into three classes with
staggered three-year terms. In addition, a director may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes
that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an
enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office. The classification of our board of directors and
the limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from
seeking to acquire, control of our company.

Supermajority Voting.  The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to

amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a
greater percentage. Our By-laws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75%
of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors is required to amend, repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent
with, any of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation described above.

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders; Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations. Our

Certificate of Incorporation provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special
meeting of such stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. Our Certificate of Incorporation and our By-laws also
provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our board of directors. In addition, By-laws
establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of
candidates for election to our board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of
meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is
entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business
before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders
of a majority of our outstanding voting securities. These provisions also could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our Common Stock,
because even if such third party acquired a majority of our outstanding voting stock, it would be able to take action as a stockholder, such as electing new
directors or approving a merger, only at a duly called stockholders meeting and not by written consent.

Exclusive Forum Selection.  Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the

Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or
proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or
stockholder of our company to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or as to which the
DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum
provision will not apply to actions arising under the Exchange Act. Our Certificate of Incorporation further provides that, unless we consent in writing to the
selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and
exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Although our Certificate of Incorporation
contains the forum selection provision described above, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision or conclude that such provision
applies to a particular claim or action.

 
 
Exhibit 10.28

October 10, 2017 – R1

Mr. Scott Bruckner
[             ]

Dear Scott,

On behalf of Casa Systems, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to set forth the terms of your employment with the Company:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

You  will  be  employed  to  serve  on  a  regular,  full-time  basis  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  Strategy  and  Corporate  Development  effective
December  4,  2017  Nov.  11,  2017  {SB}  In  this  role,  you  will  initially  report  to  Jerry  Guo  and  will  impact  the  organization's  corporate
development  by  leading  and  performing  planning  and  structuring  of  transactions,  negotiations,  opportunity  identifications  and  valuations
towards achieving growth through mergers & acquisitions, integrations, and divestitures, plus such other duties as may from time to time be
assigned to you by the Company.

This role will not be a remote position. As such, you will be expected to relocate within the first six months of employment with Casa
Systems, Inc. to the MA/NH area (within a reasonable commutable distance to/from the Andover facility) to perform this role.

Your starting base salary rate will be $17,307.70 paid bi-weekly, which annualized is equivalent to $450,000.20, subject to taxes and other
withholdings as required by law. Such salary may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with normal business practice and in the sole
discretion of the Company.

You will be eligible for an annual performance incentive bonus. Your annual on-target incentive will be 100% of your base annual salary
(equivalent to $450,000.20), if all targets are achieved and prorated based on your date of hire, less applicable taxes, deductions, and
withholdings. Your actual bonus payout will depend upon Casa Systems financial performance results and the assessment of your individual
performance.

Your eligibility to be considered for, and the payment of, any incentive is conditional upon you remaining an active employee of the
Company, and not having served out notice to terminate your employment prior to receiving payment. Any incentive due to you will be paid
on or around the first quarter of the following year.

You may participate in any and all bonus and benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its employees from time
to time, provided that you are eligible under (and subject to all provisions of) the plan documents governing those programs. The benefits
made available by the Company, and the rules, terms and conditions for participation in such programs, may be changed by the Company at
any time without advance notice.

100 Old River Road    |    Andover, MA 01810     |    978-688-6706    |    www.casa-systems.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.

7.

8.

9.

Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company and prior to January 15, 2017, the Company will grant to you an initial
stock option (the “Option”) under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan (the “Option Plan”) for the purchase of an aggregate of 75,000 shares
of common stock of the Company at a price per share equal to the fair market value at the time of Board approval. The Option shall be
subject to all terms, vesting schedules and other provisions set forth in the Option Plan and in a separate option agreement (the “Option
Agreement”).  Subject to the terms of the Option Agreement, upon the one-year anniversary from the date of the Option grant, 25% of the
total Option shall vest and vesting will continue thereafter till the fourth anniversary of the Option grant when all of the Options will have
been vested.

Starting in 2019, and subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company will grant to you an annual award for four
years (2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022) of Restricted Stock Units (“RSU”) under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan with a target valuation of
$600,000 (“RSU”). The number of RSUs shall be calculated on the date of grant in accordance with the Company’s option valuation practices.
The RSUs shall be subject to all terms, vesting schedules and other provisions set forth in the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan and in a separate
RSU agreement (the “RSU Agreement”). Subject to the terms of the RSU Agreement, upon the one-year anniversary from the date of the RSU
grant, 25% of the total RSUs shall vest and vesting will continue thereafter till the fourth anniversary of the RSU grant when all of the RSUs
will have been vested.

You will be eligible for a maximum of fifteen (15) days of vacation per calendar year subject to proration to your date of hire and to be taken at
such times as may be approved by the Company. The number of vacation days for which you are eligible shall accrue at the rate of 4.62 hours
per pay period that you are employed during such calendar year.

You will be required to execute an Assignment, Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement and a Non- Competition and Non-Solicitation
Agreement in the forms attached as a condition of employment.

10. You represent that you are not bound by any employment contract, restrictive covenant or other restriction preventing you from entering into
employment with or carrying out your responsibilities for the Company, or which is in any way inconsistent with the terms of this letter.

11.

In accordance with federal law, you will be required to provide the Company with documentation of your identity and eligibility to work in the
United States. You agree to provide to the Company, within three days following your hire date, such documentation, as required by the
Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. Please refer to the I-9 Form enclosed for a list of acceptable documentation. You may need to
obtain a work visa in order to be eligible to work in the United States. If that is the case, your employment with the Company will be
conditioned upon your obtaining a work visa in a timely manner as determined by the Company.

12. This letter shall not be construed as an agreement, either expressed or implied, to employ you for any stated term, and shall in no way alter the

Company’s policy of “employment at will”, under which both you and the Company remain free to terminate the employment relationship, with
or without cause, at any time, with or without notice. Similarly, nothing in this letter shall be construed as an agreement, either express or
implied, to pay you any compensation or grant you any benefit beyond the end of your employment with the Company.

If you agree with the initial terms of your employment with the Company as set forth in this letter, please sign in the space provided below, enter your start
date, and return a copy by email to [                ] in Human Resources. If you choose not to accept this offer by Thursday, October 12, 2017, the offer will
be revoked.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Please plan on being available at 9:30AM on your first day of employment for orientation in Andover with [                ], Human Resources Administrator.
Your manager will be available following orientation to assist you with your initial introduction and assimilation to Casa Systems.

Very Truly Yours,

By: /s/ Lucy Xie________________
Name: Lucy Xie
Title: Senior Vice President

The foregoing correctly sets forth the initial terms of my at-will employment by Casa Systems, Inc.

/s/ Scott Bruckner_____________________________
Name: Scott Bruckner

Start Date: __December 4, 2017_Nov. 11, 2017 {SB}__

Date:__Oct 18, 2017___________

Enclosures:  Assignment, Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement
Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement

Benefits Summary
I-9 Form

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name of Subsidiary
Casa Communications Limited
Casa Communications Technology S.L.
Casa Properties LLC
Casa Systems B.V.
Casa Systems Canada Ltd.
Casa Systems SAS
Casa Systems Securities Corporation
Guangzhou Casa Communication Technology LTD
Casa Communications SAS
Casa Technologies Limited
Casa technologies Pty Ltd
Casa Communications Holdings Pty Ltd
NetComm Wireless Limited
Call Direct Cellular Solutions 2003 Pty Ltd
C10 Communications Pty Ltd
NetComm Wireless Limited (NZ)
NetComm Wireless Limited Canada
NetComm Wireless Limited (UK)
NetComm Wireless, Inc.
NetComm Germany

Subsidiaries of Casa Systems, Inc.

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Ireland

Exhibit 21.1

   Spain
   Delaware
   Netherlands
   Quebec, Canada
   France
   Massachusetts

China
Colombia
  Hong Kong
  Australia
  Australia
  Australia
  Australia
  Australia
  New Zealand
  Canada
  United Kingdon
  United States of America
  Germany

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Form 333-222073) of Casa Systems Inc. of our report dated
February 27, 2020, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K.

Exhibit 23.1

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 27, 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Jerry Guo, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Casa Systems, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The Registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant's most

recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to materially affect, the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The Registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the Registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant's internal

control over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2020

By:

/s/ Jerry Guo
Jerry Guo
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Scott Bruckner, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Casa Systems, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The Registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant's most

recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to materially affect, the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The Registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the Registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant's internal

control over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2020

By:

/s/ Scott Bruckner
Scott Bruckner
Interim Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Casa Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2019, as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jerry Guo, as President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Company,
hereby certify, as of the date hereof, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge,
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the information contained in the
Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.

Date: February 27, 2020

By:

/s/ Jerry Guo
Jerry Guo
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Casa Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2019, as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Scott Bruckner, as Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify,
as of the date hereof, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge, the Report fully
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the information contained in the Report fairly presents,
in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.

Date: February 27, 2020

By:

/s/ Scott Bruckner
Scott Bruckner
Interim Chief Financial Officer